Title: The Lost World
Subject:
Author: Sir Arthur Conan Doyle
Keywords:
Creator:
PDF Version: 1.2
Page No 1
The Lost World
Sir Arthur Conan Doyle
Page No 2
Table of Contents
The Lost World...................................................................................................................................................1
Sir Arthur Conan Doyle ...........................................................................................................................1
The Lost World
i
Page No 3
The Lost World
Sir Arthur Conan Doyle
I. "There Are Heroisms All Round Us"
Ii. "Try Your Luck With Professor Challenger"
Iii. "He Is A Perfectly Impossible Person"
Iv. "It'S Just The Very Biggest Thing In The World"
V. "Question!"
Vi. "I Was The Flail Of The Lord"
Vii. "ToMorrow We Disappear Into The Unknown"
Viii. "The Outlying Pickets Of The New World"
Ix. "Who Could Have Foreseen It?
X. "The Most Wonderful Things Have Happened"
Xi. "For Once I Was The Hero"
Xii. "It Was Dreadful In The Forest"
Xiii. "A Sight I Shall Never Forget"
Xiv. "Those Were The Real Conquests"
Xv. "Our Eyes Have Seen Great Wonders"
Xvi. "A Procession! A Procession!"
I have wrought my simple plan
If I give one hour of joy
To the boy who's half a man,
Or the man who's half a boy.
Foreword
Mr. E. D. Malone desires to state that
both the injunction for restraint and the
libel action have been withdrawn unreservedly
by Professor G. E. Challenger, who, being
satisfied that no criticism or comment in
this book is meant in an offensive spirit,
has guaranteed that he will place no
impediment to its publication and circulation.
CHAPTER I. "There Are Heroisms All Round Us"
Mr. Hungerton, her father, really was the most tactless person upon earth,a fluffy, feathery, untidy
cockatoo of a man, perfectly goodnatured, but absolutely centered upon his own silly self. If anything could
have driven me from Gladys, it would have been the thought of such a fatherinlaw. I am convinced that he
really believed in his heart that I came round to the Chestnuts three days a week for the pleasure of his
company, and very especially to hear his views upon bimetallism, a subject upon which he was by way of
being an authority.
For an hour or more that evening I listened to his monotonous chirrup about bad money driving out good, the
token value of silver, the depreciation of the rupee, and the true standards of exchange.
The Lost World 1
Page No 4
"Suppose," he cried with feeble violence, "that all the debts in the world were called up simultaneously, and
immediate payment insisted upon,what under our present conditions would happen then?"
I gave the selfevident answer that I should be a ruined man, upon which he jumped from his chair, reproved
me for my habitual levity, which made it impossible for him to discuss any reasonable subject in my
presence, and bounced off out of the room to dress for a Masonic meeting.
At last I was alone with Gladys, and the moment of Fate had come! All that evening I had felt like the soldier
who awaits the signal which will send him on a forlorn hope; hope of victory and fear of repulse alternating
in his mind.
She sat with that proud, delicate profile of hers outlined against the red curtain. How beautiful she was! And
yet how aloof! We had been friends, quite good friends; but never could I get beyond the same comradeship
which I might have established with one of my fellowreporters upon the Gazette,perfectly frank,
perfectly kindly, and perfectly unsexual. My instincts are all against a woman being too frank and at her ease
with me. It is no compliment to a man. Where the real sex feeling begins, timidity and distrust are its
companions, heritage from old wicked days when love and violence went often hand in hand. The bent head,
the averted eye, the faltering voice, the wincing figure these, and not the unshrinking gaze and frank reply,
are the true signals of passion. Even in my short life I had learned as much as thator had inherited it in that
race memory which we call instinct.
Gladys was full of every womanly quality. Some judged her to be cold and hard; but such a thought was
treason. That delicately bronzed skin, almost oriental in its coloring, that raven hair, the large liquid eyes, the
full but exquisite lips,all the stigmata of passion were there. But I was sadly conscious that up to now I had
never found the secret of drawing it forth. However, come what might, I should have done with suspense and
bring matters to a head tonight. She could but refuse me, and better be a repulsed lover than an accepted
brother.
So far my thoughts had carried me, and I was about to break the long and uneasy silence, when two critical,
dark eyes looked round at me, and the proud head was shaken in smiling reproof. "I have a presentiment that
you are going to propose, Ned. I do wish you wouldn't; for things are so much nicer as they are."
I drew my chair a little nearer. "Now, how did you know that I was going to propose?" I asked in genuine
wonder.
"Don't women always know? Do you suppose any woman in the world was ever taken unawares? Butoh,
Ned, our friendship has been so good and so pleasant! What a pity to spoil it! Don't you feel how splendid it
is that a young man and a young woman should be able to talk face to face as we have talked?"
"I don't know, Gladys. You see, I can talk face to face with with the stationmaster." I can't imagine how
that official came into the matter; but in he trotted, and set us both laughing. "That does not satisfy me in the
least. I want my arms round you, and your head on my breast, andoh, Gladys, I want"
She had sprung from her chair, as she saw signs that I proposed to demonstrate some of my wants. "You've
spoiled everything, Ned," she said. "It's all so beautiful and natural until this kind of thing comes in! It is such
a pity! Why can't you control yourself?"
"I didn't invent it," I pleaded. "It's nature. It's love."
"Well, perhaps if both love, it may be different. I have never felt it."
The Lost World
The Lost World 2
Page No 5
"But you mustyou, with your beauty, with your soul! Oh, Gladys, you were made for love! You must
love!"
"One must wait till it comes."
"But why can't you love me, Gladys? Is it my appearance, or what?"
She did unbend a little. She put forward a handsuch a gracious, stooping attitude it wasand she pressed
back my head. Then she looked into my upturned face with a very wistful smile.
"No it isn't that," she said at last. "You're not a conceited boy by nature, and so I can safely tell you it is not
that. It's deeper."
"My character?"
She nodded severely.
"What can I do to mend it? Do sit down and talk it over. No, really, I won't if you'll only sit down!"
She looked at me with a wondering distrust which was much more to my mind than her wholehearted
confidence. How primitive and bestial it looks when you put it down in black and white!and perhaps after
all it is only a feeling peculiar to myself. Anyhow, she sat down.
"Now tell me what's amiss with me?"
"I'm in love with somebody else," said she.
It was my turn to jump out of my chair.
"It's nobody in particular," she explained, laughing at the expression of my face: "only an ideal. I've never
met the kind of man I mean."
"Tell me about him. What does he look like?"
"Oh, he might look very much like you."
"How dear of you to say that! Well, what is it that he does that I don't do? Just say the word,teetotal,
vegetarian, aeronaut, theosophist, superman. I'll have a try at it, Gladys, if you will only give me an idea what
would please you."
She laughed at the elasticity of my character. "Well, in the first place, I don't think my ideal would speak like
that," said she. "He would be a harder, sterner man, not so ready to adapt himself to a silly girl's whim. But,
above all, he must be a man who could do, who could act, who could look Death in the face and have no fear
of him, a man of great deeds and strange experiences. It is never a man that I should love, but always the
glories he had won; for they would be reflected upon me. Think of Richard Burton! When I read his wife's
life of him I could so understand her love! And Lady Stanley! Did you ever read the wonderful last chapter of
that book about her husband? These are the sort of men that a woman could worship with all her soul, and yet
be the greater, not the less, on account of her love, honored by all the world as the inspirer of noble deeds."
She looked so beautiful in her enthusiasm that I nearly brought down the whole level of the interview. I
gripped myself hard, and went on with the argument.
The Lost World
The Lost World 3
Page No 6
"We can't all be Stanleys and Burtons," said I; "besides, we don't get the chance,at least, I never had the
chance. If I did, I should try to take it."
"But chances are all around you. It is the mark of the kind of man I mean that he makes his own chances. You
can't hold him back. I've never met him, and yet I seem to know him so well. There are heroisms all round us
waiting to be done. It's for men to do them, and for women to reserve their love as a reward for such men.
Look at that young Frenchman who went up last week in a balloon. It was blowing a gale of wind; but
because he was announced to go he insisted on starting. The wind blew him fifteen hundred miles in
twentyfour hours, and he fell in the middle of Russia. That was the kind of man I mean. Think of the woman
he loved, and how other women must have envied her! That's what I should like to be,envied for my man."
"I'd have done it to please you."
"But you shouldn't do it merely to please me. You should do it because you can't help yourself, because it's
natural to you, because the man in you is crying out for heroic expression. Now, when you described the
Wigan coal explosion last month, could you not have gone down and helped those people, in spite of the
chokedamp?"
"I did."
"You never said so."
"There was nothing worth bucking about."
"I didn't know." She looked at me with rather more interest. "That was brave of you."
"I had to. If you want to write good copy, you must be where the things are."
"What a prosaic motive! It seems to take all the romance out of it. But, still, whatever your motive, I am glad
that you went down that mine." She gave me her hand; but with such sweetness and dignity that I could only
stoop and kiss it. "I dare say I am merely a foolish woman with a young girl's fancies. And yet it is so real
with me, so entirely part of my very self, that I cannot help acting upon it. If I marry, I do want to marry a
famous man!"
"Why should you not?" I cried. "It is women like you who brace men up. Give me a chance, and see if I will
take it! Besides, as you say, men ought to MAKE their own chances, and not wait until they are given. Look
at Clivejust a clerk, and he conquered India! By George! I'll do something in the world yet!"
She laughed at my sudden Irish effervescence. "Why not?" she said. "You have everything a man could
have,youth, health, strength, education, energy. I was sorry you spoke. And now I am gladso gladif it
wakens these thoughts in you!"
"And if I do"
Her dear hand rested like warm velvet upon my lips. "Not another word, Sir! You should have been at the
office for evening duty half an hour ago; only I hadn't the heart to remind you. Some day, perhaps, when you
have won your place in the world, we shall talk it over again."
And so it was that I found myself that foggy November evening pursuing the Camberwell tram with my heart
glowing within me, and with the eager determination that not another day should elapse before I should find
some deed which was worthy of my lady. But whowho in all this wide world could ever have imagined the
The Lost World
The Lost World 4
Page No 7
incredible shape which that deed was to take, or the strange steps by which I was led to the doing of it?
And, after all, this opening chapter will seem to the reader to have nothing to do with my narrative; and yet
there would have been no narrative without it, for it is only when a man goes out into the world with the
thought that there are heroisms all round him, and with the desire all alive in his heart to follow any which
may come within sight of him, that he breaks away as I did from the life he knows, and ventures forth into the
wonderful mystic twilight land where lie the great adventures and the great rewards. Behold me, then, at the
office of the Daily Gazette, on the staff of which I was a most insignificant unit, with the settled
determination that very night, if possible, to find the quest which should be worthy of my Gladys! Was it
hardness, was it selfishness, that she should ask me to risk my life for her own glorification? Such thoughts
may come to middle age; but never to ardent threeandtwenty in the fever of his first love.
CHAPTER II. "Try Your Luck with Professor Challenger"
I always liked McArdle, the crabbed, old, roundbacked, redheaded news editor, and I rather hoped that he
liked me. Of course, Beaumont was the real boss; but he lived in the rarefied atmosphere of some Olympian
height from which he could distinguish nothing smaller than an international crisis or a split in the Cabinet.
Sometimes we saw him passing in lonely majesty to his inner sanctum, with his eyes staring vaguely and his
mind hovering over the Balkans or the Persian Gulf. He was above and beyond us. But McArdle was his first
lieutenant, and it was he that we knew. The old man nodded as I entered the room, and he pushed his
spectacles far up on his bald forehead.
"Well, Mr. Malone, from all I hear, you seem to be doing very well," said he in his kindly Scotch accent.
I thanked him.
"The colliery explosion was excellent. So was the Southwark fire. You have the true descreeptive touch.
What did you want to see me about?"
"To ask a favor."
He looked alarmed, and his eyes shunned mine. "Tut, tut! What is it?"
"Do you think, Sir, that you could possibly send me on some mission for the paper? I would do my best to put
it through and get you some good copy."
"What sort of meesion had you in your mind, Mr. Malone?"
"Well, Sir, anything that had adventure and danger in it. I really would do my very best. The more difficult it
was, the better it would suit me."
"You seem very anxious to lose your life."
"To justify my life, Sir."
"Dear me, Mr. Malone, this is veryvery exalted. I'm afraid the day for this sort of thing is rather past. The
expense of the `special meesion' business hardly justifies the result, and, of course, in any case it would only
be an experienced man with a name that would command public confidence who would get such an order.
The big blank spaces in the map are all being filled in, and there's no room for romance anywhere. Wait a bit,
though!" he added, with a sudden smile upon his face. "Talking of the blank spaces of the map gives me an
idea. What about exposing a frauda modern Munchausenand making him rideeculous? You could show
The Lost World
The Lost World 5
Page No 8
him up as the liar that he is! Eh, man, it would be fine. How does it appeal to you?"
"AnythinganywhereI care nothing."
McArdle was plunged in thought for some minutes.
"I wonder whether you could get on friendlyor at least on talking terms with the fellow," he said, at last.
"You seem to have a sort of genius for establishing relations with peopleseempathy, I suppose, or animal
magnetism, or youthful vitality, or something. I am conscious of it myself."
"You are very good, sir."
"So why should you not try your luck with Professor Challenger, of Enmore Park?"
I dare say I looked a little startled.
"Challenger!" I cried. "Professor Challenger, the famous zoologist! Wasn't he the man who broke the skull of
Blundell, of the Telegraph?"
The news editor smiled grimly.
"Do you mind? Didn't you say it was adventures you were after?"
"It is all in the way of business, sir," I answered.
"Exactly. I don't suppose he can always be so violent as that. I'm thinking that Blundell got him at the wrong
moment, maybe, or in the wrong fashion. You may have better luck, or more tact in handling him. There's
something in your line there, I am sure, and the Gazette should work it."
"I really know nothing about him," said I. I only remember his name in connection with the policecourt
proceedings, for striking Blundell."
"I have a few notes for your guidance, Mr. Malone. I've had my eye on the Professor for some little time." He
took a paper from a drawer. "Here is a summary of his record. I give it you briefly:
"`Challenger, George Edward. Born: Largs, N. B., 1863. Educ.: Largs Academy; Edinburgh University.
British Museum Assistant, 1892. AssistantKeeper of Comparative Anthropology Department, 1893.
Resigned after acrimonious correspondence same year. Winner of Crayston Medal for Zoological Research.
Foreign Member of'well, quite a lot of things, about two inches of small type`Societe Belge, American
Academy of Sciences, La Plata, etc., etc. ExPresident Palaeontological Society. Section H, British
Association'so on, so on!`Publications: "Some Observations Upon a Series of Kalmuck Skulls";
"Outlines of Vertebrate Evolution"; and numerous papers, including "The underlying fallacy of
Weissmannism," which caused heated discussion at the Zoological Congress of Vienna. Recreations:
Walking, Alpine climbing. Address: Enmore Park, Kensington, W.'
"There, take it with you. I've nothing more for you tonight."
I pocketed the slip of paper.
"One moment, sir," I said, as I realized that it was a pink bald head, and not a red face, which was fronting
me. "I am not very clear yet why I am to interview this gentleman. What has he done?"
The Lost World
The Lost World 6
Page No 9
The face flashed back again.
"Went to South America on a solitary expedeetion two years ago. Came back last year. Had undoubtedly
been to South America, but refused to say exactly where. Began to tell his adventures in a vague way, but
somebody started to pick holes, and he just shut up like an oyster. Something wonderful happenedor the
man's a champion liar, which is the more probable supposeetion. Had some damaged photographs, said to be
fakes. Got so touchy that he assaults anyone who asks questions, and heaves reporters doun the stairs. In my
opinion he's just a homicidal megalomaniac with a turn for science. That's your man, Mr. Malone. Now, off
you run, and see what you can make of him. You're big enough to look after yourself. Anyway, you are all
safe. Employers' Liability Act, you know."
A grinning red face turned once more into a pink oval, fringed with gingery fluff; the interview was at an end.
I walked across to the Savage Club, but instead of turning into it I leaned upon the railings of Adelphi Terrace
and gazed thoughtfully for a long time at the brown, oily river. I can always think most sanely and clearly in
the open air. I took out the list of Professor Challenger's exploits, and I read it over under the electric lamp.
Then I had what I can only regard as an inspiration. As a Pressman, I felt sure from what I had been told that
I could never hope to get into touch with this cantankerous Professor. But these recriminations, twice
mentioned in his skeleton biography, could only mean that he was a fanatic in science. Was there not an
exposed margin there upon which he might be accessible? I would try.
I entered the club. It was just after eleven, and the big room was fairly full, though the rush had not yet set in.
I noticed a tall, thin, angular man seated in an armchair by the fire. He turned as I drew my chair up to him.
It was the man of all others whom I should have chosenTarp Henry, of the staff of Nature, a thin, dry,
leathery creature, who was full, to those who knew him, of kindly humanity. I plunged instantly into my
subject.
"What do you know of Professor Challenger?"
"Challenger?" He gathered his brows in scientific disapproval. "Challenger was the man who came with some
cockandbull story from South America."
"What story?"
"Oh, it was rank nonsense about some queer animals he had discovered. I believe he has retracted since.
Anyhow, he has suppressed it all. He gave an interview to Reuter's, and there was such a howl that he saw it
wouldn't do. It was a discreditable business. There were one or two folk who were inclined to take him
seriously, but he soon choked them off."
"How?"
"Well, by his insufferable rudeness and impossible behavior. There was poor old Wadley, of the Zoological
Institute. Wadley sent a message: `The President of the Zoological Institute presents his compliments to
Professor Challenger, and would take it as a personal favor if he would do them the honor to come to their
next meeting.' The answer was unprintable."
"You don't say?"
"Well, a bowdlerized version of it would run: `Professor Challenger presents his compliments to the President
of the Zoological Institute, and would take it as a personal favor if he would go to the devil.'"
The Lost World
The Lost World 7
Page No 10
"Good Lord!"
"Yes, I expect that's what old Wadley said. I remember his wail at the meeting, which began: `In fifty years
experience of scientific intercourse' It quite broke the old man up."
"Anything more about Challenger?"
"Well, I'm a bacteriologist, you know. I live in a ninehundreddiameter microscope. I can hardly claim to
take serious notice of anything that I can see with my naked eye. I'm a frontiersman from the extreme edge of
the Knowable, and I feel quite out of place when I leave my study and come into touch with all you great,
rough, hulking creatures. I'm too detached to talk scandal, and yet at scientific conversaziones I HAVE heard
something of Challenger, for he is one of those men whom nobody can ignore. He's as clever as they make
'ema fullcharged battery of force and vitality, but a quarrelsome, illconditioned faddist, and
unscrupulous at that. He had gone the length of faking some photographs over the South American business."
"You say he is a faddist. What is his particular fad?"
"He has a thousand, but the latest is something about Weissmann and Evolution. He had a fearful row about it
in Vienna, I believe."
"Can't you tell me the point?"
"Not at the moment, but a translation of the proceedings exists. We have it filed at the office. Would you care
to come?"
"It's just what I want. I have to interview the fellow, and I need some lead up to him. It's really awfully good
of you to give me a lift. I'll go with you now, if it is not too late."
Half an hour later I was seated in the newspaper office with a huge tome in front of me, which had been
opened at the article "Weissmann versus Darwin," with the sub heading, "Spirited Protest at Vienna. Lively
Proceedings." My scientific education having been somewhat neglected, I was unable to follow the whole
argument, but it was evident that the English Professor had handled his subject in a very aggressive fashion,
and had thoroughly annoyed his Continental colleagues. "Protests," "Uproar," and "General appeal to the
Chairman" were three of the first brackets which caught my eye. Most of the matter might have been written
in Chinese for any definite meaning that it conveyed to my brain.
"I wish you could translate it into English for me," I said, pathetically, to my helpmate.
"Well, it is a translation."
"Then I'd better try my luck with the original."
"It is certainly rather deep for a layman."
"If I could only get a single good, meaty sentence which seemed to convey some sort of definite human idea,
it would serve my turn. Ah, yes, this one will do. I seem in a vague way almost to understand it. I'll copy it
out. This shall be my link with the terrible Professor."
"Nothing else I can do?"
The Lost World
The Lost World 8
Page No 11
"Well, yes; I propose to write to him. If I could frame the letter here, and use your address it would give
atmosphere."
"We'll have the fellow round here making a row and breaking the furniture."
"No, no; you'll see the letternothing contentious, I assure you."
"Well, that's my chair and desk. You'll find paper there. I'd like to censor it before it goes."
It took some doing, but I flatter myself that it wasn't such a bad job when it was finished. I read it aloud to the
critical bacteriologist with some pride in my handiwork.
"DEAR PROFESSOR CHALLENGER," it said, "As a humble student of Nature, I have always taken the
most profound interest in your speculations as to the differences between Darwin and Weissmann. I have
recently had occasion to refresh my memory by rereading"
"You infernal liar!" murmured Tarp Henry.
"by rereading your masterly address at Vienna. That lucid and admirable statement seems to be the last
word in the matter. There is one sentence in it, howevernamely: `I protest strongly against the insufferable
and entirely dogmatic assertion that each separate id is a microcosm possessed of an historical architecture
elaborated slowly through the series of generations.' Have you no desire, in view of later research, to modify
this statement? Do you not think that it is overaccentuated? With your permission, I would ask the favor of
an interview, as I feel strongly upon the subject, and have certain suggestions which I could only elaborate in
a personal conversation. With your consent, I trust to have the honor of calling at eleven o'clock the day after
tomorrow (Wednesday) morning.
"I remain, Sir, with assurances of profound respect, yours very truly,
EDWARD D. MALONE."
"How's that?" I asked, triumphantly.
"Well if your conscience can stand it"
"It has never failed me yet."
"But what do you mean to do?"
"To get there. Once I am in his room I may see some opening. I may even go the length of open confession. If
he is a sportsman he will be tickled."
"Tickled, indeed! He's much more likely to do the tickling. Chain mail, or an American football suitthat's
what you'll want. Well, goodbye. I'll have the answer for you here on Wednesday morningif he ever
deigns to answer you. He is a violent, dangerous, cantankerous character, hated by everyone who comes
across him, and the butt of the students, so far as they dare take a liberty with him. Perhaps it would be best
for you if you never heard from the fellow at all."
CHAPTER III. "He is a Perfectly Impossible Person"
The Lost World
The Lost World 9
Page No 12
My friend's fear or hope was not destined to be realized. When I called on Wednesday there was a letter with
the West Kensington postmark upon it, and my name scrawled across the envelope in a handwriting which
looked like a barbedwire railing. The contents were as follows:
"ENMORE PARK, W.
"SIR,I have duly received your note, in which you claim to endorse my views, although I am not aware
that they are dependent upon endorsement either from you or anyone else. You have ventured to use the word
`speculation' with regard to my statement upon the subject of Darwinism, and I would call your attention to
the fact that such a word in such a connection is offensive to a degree. The context convinces me, however,
that you have sinned rather through ignorance and tactlessness than through malice, so I am content to pass
the matter by. You quote an isolated sentence from my lecture, and appear to have some difficulty in
understanding it. I should have thought that only a subhuman intelligence could have failed to grasp the
point, but if it really needs amplification I shall consent to see you at the hour named, though visits and
visitors of every sort are exceeding distasteful to me. As to your suggestion that I may modify my opinion, I
would have you know that it is not my habit to do so after a deliberate expression of my mature views. You
will kindly show the envelope of this letter to my man, Austin, when you call, as he has to take every
precaution to shield me from the intrusive rascals who call themselves `journalists.'
"Yours faithfully,
"GEORGE EDWARD CHALLENGER."
This was the letter that I read aloud to Tarp Henry, who had come down early to hear the result of my
venture. His only remark was, "There's some new stuff, cuticura or something, which is better than arnica."
Some people have such extraordinary notions of humor.
It was nearly halfpast ten before I had received my message, but a taxicab took me round in good time for
my appointment. It was an imposing porticoed house at which we stopped, and the heavilycurtained
windows gave every indication of wealth upon the part of this formidable Professor. The door was opened by
an odd, swarthy, driedup person of uncertain age, with a dark pilot jacket and brown leather gaiters. I found
afterwards that he was the chauffeur, who filled the gaps left by a succession of fugitive butlers. He looked
me up and down with a searching light blue eye.
"Expected?" he asked.
"An appointment."
"Got your letter?"
I produced the envelope.
"Right!" He seemed to be a person of few words. Following him down the passage I was suddenly interrupted
by a small woman, who stepped out from what proved to be the diningroom door. She was a bright,
vivacious, darkeyed lady, more French than English in her type.
"One moment," she said. "You can wait, Austin. Step in here, sir. May I ask if you have met my husband
before?"
"No, madam, I have not had the honor."
The Lost World
The Lost World 10
Page No 13
"Then I apologize to you in advance. I must tell you that he is a perfectly impossible personabsolutely
impossible. If you are forewarned you will be the more ready to make allowances."
"It is most considerate of you, madam."
"Get quickly out of the room if he seems inclined to be violent. Don't wait to argue with him. Several people
have been injured through doing that. Afterwards there is a public scandal and it reflects upon me and all of
us. I suppose it wasn't about South America you wanted to see him?"
I could not lie to a lady.
"Dear me! That is his most dangerous subject. You won't believe a word he saysI'm sure I don't wonder.
But don't tell him so, for it makes him very violent. Pretend to believe him, and you may get through all right.
Remember he believes it himself. Of that you may be assured. A more honest man never lived. Don't wait
any longer or he may suspect. If you find him dangerousreally dangerousring the bell and hold him off
until I come. Even at his worst I can usually control him."
With these encouraging words the lady handed me over to the taciturn Austin, who had waited like a bronze
statue of discretion during our short interview, and I was conducted to the end of the passage. There was a tap
at a door, a bull's bellow from within, and I was face to face with the Professor.
He sat in a rotating chair behind a broad table, which was covered with books, maps, and diagrams. As I
entered, his seat spun round to face me. His appearance made me gasp. I was prepared for something strange,
but not for so overpowering a personality as this. It was his size which took one's breath awayhis size and
his imposing presence. His head was enormous, the largest I have ever seen upon a human being. I am sure
that his tophat, had I ever ventured to don it, would have slipped over me entirely and rested on my
shoulders. He had the face and beard which I associate with an Assyrian bull; the former florid, the latter so
black as almost to have a suspicion of blue, spadeshaped and rippling down over his chest. The hair was
peculiar, plastered down in front in a long, curving wisp over his massive forehead. The eyes were bluegray
under great black tufts, very clear, very critical, and very masterful. A huge spread of shoulders and a chest
like a barrel were the other parts of him which appeared above the table, save for two enormous hands
covered with long black hair. This and a bellowing, roaring, rumbling voice made up my first impression of
the notorious Professor Challenger.
"Well?" said he, with a most insolent stare. "What now?"
I must keep up my deception for at least a little time longer, otherwise here was evidently an end of the
interview.
"You were good enough to give me an appointment, sir," said I, humbly, producing his envelope.
He took my letter from his desk and laid it out before him.
"Oh, you are the young person who cannot understand plain English, are you? My general conclusions you
are good enough to approve, as I understand?"
"Entirely, sirentirely!" I was very emphatic.
"Dear me! That strengthens my position very much, does it not? Your age and appearance make your support
doubly valuable. Well, at least you are better than that herd of swine in Vienna, whose gregarious grunt is,
however, not more offensive than the isolated effort of the British hog." He glared at me as the present
The Lost World
The Lost World 11
Page No 14
representative of the beast.
"They seem to have behaved abominably," said I.
"I assure you that I can fight my own battles, and that I have no possible need of your sympathy. Put me
alone, sir, and with my back to the wall. G. E. C. is happiest then. Well, sir, let us do what we can to curtail
this visit, which can hardly be agreeable to you, and is inexpressibly irksome to me. You had, as I have been
led to believe, some comments to make upon the proposition which I advanced in my thesis."
There was a brutal directness about his methods which made evasion difficult. I must still make play and wait
for a better opening. It had seemed simple enough at a distance. Oh, my Irish wits, could they not help me
now, when I needed help so sorely? He transfixed me with two sharp, steely eyes. "Come, come!" he
rumbled.
"I am, of course, a mere student," said I, with a fatuous smile, "hardly more, I might say, than an earnest
inquirer. At the same time, it seemed to me that you were a little severe upon Weissmann in this matter. Has
not the general evidence since that date tended towell, to strengthen his position?"
"What evidence?" He spoke with a menacing calm.
"Well, of course, I am aware that there is not any what you might call DEFINITE evidence. I alluded merely
to the trend of modern thought and the general scientific point of view, if I might so express it."
He leaned forward with great earnestness.
"I suppose you are aware," said he, checking off points upon his fingers, "that the cranial index is a constant
factor?"
"Naturally," said I.
"And that telegony is still sub judice?"
"Undoubtedly."
"And that the germ plasm is different from the parthenogenetic egg?"
"Why, surely!" I cried, and gloried in my own audacity.
"But what does that prove?" he asked, in a gentle, persuasive voice.
"Ah, what indeed?" I murmured. "What does it prove?"
"Shall I tell you?" he cooed.
"Pray do."
"It proves," he roared, with a sudden blast of fury, "that you are the damnedest imposter in Londona vile,
crawling journalist, who has no more science than he has decency in his composition!"
He had sprung to his feet with a mad rage in his eyes. Even at that moment of tension I found time for
amazement at the discovery that he was quite a short man, his head not higher than my shouldera stunted
The Lost World
The Lost World 12
Page No 15
Hercules whose tremendous vitality had all run to depth, breadth, and brain.
"Gibberish!" he cried, leaning forward, with his fingers on the table and his face projecting. "That's what I
have been talking to you, sirscientific gibberish! Did you think you could match cunning with meyou
with your walnut of a brain? You think you are omnipotent, you infernal scribblers, don't you? That your
praise can make a man and your blame can break him? We must all bow to you, and try to get a favorable
word, must we? This man shall have a leg up, and this man shall have a dressing down! Creeping vermin, I
know you! You've got out of your station. Time was when your ears were clipped. You've lost your sense of
proportion. Swollen gasbags! I'll keep you in your proper place. Yes, sir, you haven't got over G. E. C.
There's one man who is still your master. He warned you off, but if you WILL come, by the Lord you do it at
your own risk. Forfeit, my good Mr. Malone, I claim forfeit! You have played a rather dangerous game, and
it strikes me that you have lost it."
"Look here, sir," said I, backing to the door and opening it; "you can be as abusive as you like. But there is a
limit. You shall not assault me."
"Shall I not?" He was slowly advancing in a peculiarly menacing way, but he stopped now and put his big
hands into the sidepockets of a rather boyish short jacket which he wore. "I have thrown several of you out
of the house. You will be the fourth or fifth. Three pound fifteen eachthat is how it averaged. Expensive,
but very necessary. Now, sir, why should you not follow your brethren? I rather think you must." He resumed
his unpleasant and stealthy advance, pointing his toes as he walked, like a dancing master.
I could have bolted for the hall door, but it would have been too ignominious. Besides, a little glow of
righteous anger was springing up within me. I had been hopelessly in the wrong before, but this man's
menaces were putting me in the right.
"I'll trouble you to keep your hands off, sir. I'll not stand it."
"Dear me!" His black moustache lifted and a white fang twinkled in a sneer. "You won't stand it, eh?"
"Don't be such a fool, Professor!" I cried. "What can you hope for? I'm fifteen stone, as hard as nails, and
play center threequarter every Saturday for the London Irish. I'm not the man"
It was at that moment that he rushed me. It was lucky that I had opened the door, or we should have gone
through it. We did a Catharinewheel together down the passage. Somehow we gathered up a chair upon our
way, and bounded on with it towards the street. My mouth was full of his beard, our arms were locked, our
bodies intertwined, and that infernal chair radiated its legs all round us. The watchful Austin had thrown open
the hall door. We went with a back somersault down the front steps. I have seen the two Macs attempt
something of the kind at the halls, but it appears to take some practise to do it without hurting oneself. The
chair went to matchwood at the bottom, and we rolled apart into the gutter. He sprang to his feet, waving his
fists and wheezing like an asthmatic.
"Had enough?" he panted.
"You infernal bully!" I cried, as I gathered myself together.
Then and there we should have tried the thing out, for he was effervescing with fight, but fortunately I was
rescued from an odious situation. A policeman was beside us, his notebook in his hand.
"What's all this? You ought to be ashamed" said the policeman. It was the most rational remark which I had
heard in Enmore Park. "Well," he insisted, turning to me, "what is it, then?"
The Lost World
The Lost World 13
Page No 16
"This man attacked me," said I.
"Did you attack him?" asked the policeman.
The Professor breathed hard and said nothing.
"It's not the first time, either," said the policeman, severely, shaking his head. "You were in trouble last
month for the same thing. You've blackened this young man's eye. Do you give him in charge, sir?"
I relented.
"No," said I, "I do not."
"What's that?" said the policeman.
"I was to blame myself. I intruded upon him. He gave me fair warning."
The policeman snapped up his notebook.
"Don't let us have any more such goingson," said he. "Now, then! Move on, there, move on!" This to a
butcher's boy, a maid, and one or two loafers who had collected. He clumped heavily down the street, driving
this little flock before him. The Professor looked at me, and there was something humorous at the back of his
eyes.
"Come in!" said he. "I've not done with you yet."
The speech had a sinister sound, but I followed him none the less into the house. The manservant, Austin,
like a wooden image, closed the door behind us.
CHAPTER IV. "It's Just the very Biggest Thing in the World"
Hardly was it shut when Mrs. Challenger darted out from the diningroom. The small woman was in a
furious temper. She barred her husband's way like an enraged chicken in front of a bulldog. It was evident
that she had seen my exit, but had not observed my return.
"You brute, George!" she screamed. "You've hurt that nice young man."
He jerked backwards with his thumb.
"Here he is, safe and sound behind me."
She was confused, but not unduly so.
"I am so sorry, I didn't see you."
"I assure you, madam, that it is all right."
"He has marked your poor face! Oh, George, what a brute you are! Nothing but scandals from one end of the
week to the other. Everyone hating and making fun of you. You've finished my patience. This ends it."
"Dirty linen," he rumbled.
The Lost World
The Lost World 14
Page No 17
"It's not a secret," she cried. "Do you suppose that the whole streetthe whole of London, for that
matter Get away, Austin, we don't want you here. Do you suppose they don't all talk about you? Where
is your dignity? You, a man who should have been Regius Professor at a great University with a thousand
students all revering you. Where is your dignity, George?"
"How about yours, my dear?"
"You try me too much. A ruffiana common brawling ruffian that's what you have become."
"Be good, Jessie."
"A roaring, raging bully!"
"That's done it! Stool of penance!" said he.
To my amazement he stooped, picked her up, and placed her sitting upon a high pedestal of black marble in
the angle of the hall. It was at least seven feet high, and so thin that she could hardly balance upon it. A more
absurd object than she presented cocked up there with her face convulsed with anger, her feet dangling, and
her body rigid for fear of an upset, I could not imagine.
"Let me down!" she wailed.
"Say `please.'"
"You brute, George! Let me down this instant!"
"Come into the study, Mr. Malone."
"Really, sir!" said I, looking at the lady.
"Here's Mr. Malone pleading for you, Jessie.
Say `please,' and down you come."
"Oh, you brute! Please! please!"
"You must behave yourself, dear. Mr. Malone is a Pressman. He will have it all in his rag tomorrow, and
sell an extra dozen among our neighbors. `Strange story of high life'you felt fairly high on that pedestal,
did you not? Then a subtitle, `Glimpse of a singular menage.' He's a foul feeder, is Mr. Malone, a carrion
eater, like all of his kindporcus ex grege diaboli a swine from the devil's herd. That's it,
Malonewhat?"
"You are really intolerable!" said I, hotly.
He bellowed with laughter.
"We shall have a coalition presently," he boomed, looking from his wife to me and puffing out his enormous
chest. Then, suddenly altering his tone, "Excuse this frivolous family badinage, Mr. Malone. I called you
back for some more serious purpose than to mix you up with our little domestic pleasantries. Run away, little
woman, and don't fret." He placed a huge hand upon each of her shoulders. "All that you say is perfectly true.
I should be a better man if I did what you advise, but I shouldn't be quite George Edward Challenger. There
The Lost World
The Lost World 15
Page No 18
are plenty of better men, my dear, but only one G. E. C. So make the best of him." He suddenly gave her a
resounding kiss, which embarrassed me even more than his violence had done. "Now, Mr. Malone," he
continued, with a great accession of dignity, "this way, if YOU please."
We reentered the room which we had left so tumultuously ten minutes before. The Professor closed the door
carefully behind us, motioned me into an armchair, and pushed a cigarbox under my nose.
"Real San Juan Colorado," he said. "Excitable people like you are the better for narcotics. Heavens! don't bite
it! Cutand cut with reverence! Now lean back, and listen attentively to whatever I may care to say to you.
If any remark should occur to you, you can reserve it for some more opportune time.
"First of all, as to your return to my house after your most justifiable expulsion"he protruded his beard, and
stared at me as one who challenges and invites contradiction"after, as I say, your wellmerited expulsion.
The reason lay in your answer to that most officious policeman, in which I seemed to discern some
glimmering of good feeling upon your partmore, at any rate, than I am accustomed to associate with your
profession. In admitting that the fault of the incident lay with you, you gave some evidence of a certain
mental detachment and breadth of view which attracted my favorable notice. The subspecies of the human
race to which you unfortunately belong has always been below my mental horizon. Your words brought you
suddenly above it. You swam up into my serious notice. For this reason I asked you to return with me, as I
was minded to make your further acquaintance. You will kindly deposit your ash in the small Japanese tray
on the bamboo table which stands at your left elbow."
All this he boomed forth like a professor addressing his class. He had swung round his revolving chair so as
to face me, and he sat all puffed out like an enormous bullfrog, his head laid back and his eyes halfcovered
by supercilious lids. Now he suddenly turned himself sideways, and all I could see of him was tangled hair
with a red, protruding ear. He was scratching about among the litter of papers upon his desk. He faced me
presently with what looked like a very tattered sketchbook in his hand.
"I am going to talk to you about South America," said he. "No comments if you please. First of all, I wish you
to understand that nothing I tell you now is to be repeated in any public way unless you have my express
permission. That permission will, in all human probability, never be given. Is that clear?"
"It is very hard," said I. "Surely a judicious account"
He replaced the notebook upon the table.
"That ends it," said he. "I wish you a very good morning."
"No, no!" I cried. "I submit to any conditions. So far as I can see, I have no choice."
"None in the world," said he.
"Well, then, I promise."
"Word of honor?"
"Word of honor."
He looked at me with doubt in his insolent eyes.
"After all, what do I know about your honor?" said he.
The Lost World
The Lost World 16
Page No 19
"Upon my word, sir," I cried, angrily, "you take very great liberties! I have never been so insulted in my life."
He seemed more interested than annoyed at my outbreak.
"Roundheaded," he muttered. "Brachycephalic, grayeyed, blackhaired, with suggestion of the negroid.
Celtic, I presume?"
"I am an Irishman, sir."
"Irish Irish?"
"Yes, sir."
"That, of course, explains it. Let me see; you have given me your promise that my confidence will be
respected? That confidence, I may say, will be far from complete. But I am prepared to give you a few
indications which will be of interest. In the first place, you are probably aware that two years ago I made a
journey to South Americaone which will be classical in the scientific history of the world? The object of
my journey was to verify some conclusions of Wallace and of Bates, which could only be done by observing
their reported facts under the same conditions in which they had themselves noted them. If my expedition had
no other results it would still have been noteworthy, but a curious incident occurred to me while there which
opened up an entirely fresh line of inquiry.
"You are awareor probably, in this halfeducated age, you are not awarethat the country round some
parts of the Amazon is still only partially explored, and that a great number of tributaries, some of them
entirely uncharted, run into the main river. It was my business to visit this littleknown backcountry and to
examine its fauna, which furnished me with the materials for several chapters for that great and monumental
work upon zoology which will be my life's justification. I was returning, my work accomplished, when I had
occasion to spend a night at a small Indian village at a point where a certain tributarythe name and position
of which I withholdopens into the main river. The natives were Cucama Indians, an amiable but degraded
race, with mental powers hardly superior to the average Londoner. I had effected some cures among them
upon my way up the river, and had impressed them considerably with my personality, so that I was not
surprised to find myself eagerly awaited upon my return. I gathered from their signs that someone had urgent
need of my medical services, and I followed the chief to one of his huts. When I entered I found that the
sufferer to whose aid I had been summoned had that instant expired. He was, to my surprise, no Indian, but a
white man; indeed, I may say a very white man, for he was flaxenhaired and had some characteristics of an
albino. He was clad in rags, was very emaciated, and bore every trace of prolonged hardship. So far as I could
understand the account of the natives, he was a complete stranger to them, and had come upon their village
through the woods alone and in the last stage of exhaustion.
"The man's knapsack lay beside the couch, and I examined the contents. His name was written upon a tab
within itMaple White, Lake Avenue, Detroit, Michigan. It is a name to which I am prepared always to lift
my hat. It is not too much to say that it will rank level with my own when the final credit of this business
comes to be apportioned.
"From the contents of the knapsack it was evident that this man had been an artist and poet in search of
effects. There were scraps of verse. I do not profess to be a judge of such things, but they appeared to me to
be singularly wanting in merit. There were also some rather commonplace pictures of river scenery, a
paintbox, a box of colored chalks, some brushes, that curved bone which lies upon my inkstand, a volume of
Baxter's `Moths and Butterflies,' a cheap revolver, and a few cartridges. Of personal equipment he either had
none or he had lost it in his journey. Such were the total effects of this strange American Bohemian.
The Lost World
The Lost World 17
Page No 20
"I was turning away from him when I observed that something projected from the front of his ragged jacket.
It was this sketchbook, which was as dilapidated then as you see it now. Indeed, I can assure you that a first
folio of Shakespeare could not be treated with greater reverence than this relic has been since it came into my
possession. I hand it to you now, and I ask you to take it page by page and to examine the contents."
He helped himself to a cigar and leaned back with a fiercely critical pair of eyes, taking note of the effect
which this document would produce.
I had opened the volume with some expectation of a revelation, though of what nature I could not imagine.
The first page was disappointing, however, as it contained nothing but the picture of a very fat man in a
peajacket, with the legend, "Jimmy Colver on the Mailboat," written beneath it. There followed several
pages which were filled with small sketches of Indians and their ways. Then came a picture of a cheerful and
corpulent ecclesiastic in a shovel hat, sitting opposite a very thin European, and the inscription: "Lunch with
Fra Cristofero at Rosario." Studies of women and babies accounted for several more pages, and then there
was an unbroken series of animal drawings with such explanations as "Manatee upon Sandbank," "Turtles
and Their Eggs," "Black Ajouti under a Miriti Palm"the matter disclosing some sort of piglike animal;
and finally came a double page of studies of longsnouted and very unpleasant saurians. I could make
nothing of it, and said so to the Professor.
"Surely these are only crocodiles?"
"Alligators! Alligators! There is hardly such a thing as a true crocodile in South America. The distinction
between them"
"I meant that I could see nothing unusualnothing to justify what you have said."
He smiled serenely.
"Try the next page," said he.
I was still unable to sympathize. It was a fullpage sketch of a landscape roughly tinted in colorthe kind of
painting which an openair artist takes as a guide to a future more elaborate effort. There was a palegreen
foreground of feathery vegetation, which sloped upwards and ended in a line of cliffs dark red in color, and
curiously ribbed like some basaltic formations which I have seen. They extended in an unbroken wall right
across the background. At one point was an isolated pyramidal rock, crowned by a great tree, which appeared
to be separated by a cleft from the main crag. Behind it all, a blue tropical sky. A thin green line of vegetation
fringed the summit of the ruddy cliff.
"Well?" he asked.
"It is no doubt a curious formation," said I "but I am not geologist enough to say that it is wonderful."
"Wonderful!" he repeated. "It is unique. It is incredible. No one on earth has ever dreamed of such a
possibility. Now the next."
I turned it over, and gave an exclamation of surprise. There was a fullpage picture of the most extraordinary
creature that I had ever seen. It was the wild dream of an opium smoker, a vision of delirium. The head was
like that of a fowl, the body that of a bloated lizard, the trailing tail was furnished with upwardturned spikes,
and the curved back was edged with a high serrated fringe, which looked like a dozen cocks' wattles placed
behind each other. In front of this creature was an absurd mannikin, or dwarf, in human form, who stood
staring at it.
The Lost World
The Lost World 18
Page No 21
"Well, what do you think of that?" cried the Professor, rubbing his hands with an air of triumph.
"It is monstrousgrotesque."
"But what made him draw such an animal?"
"Trade gin, I should think."
"Oh, that's the best explanation you can give, is it?"
"Well, sir, what is yours?"
"The obvious one that the creature exists. That is actually sketched from the life."
I should have laughed only that I had a vision of our doing another Catharinewheel down the passage.
"No doubt," said I, "no doubt," as one humors an imbecile. "I confess, however," I added, "that this tiny
human figure puzzles me. If it were an Indian we could set it down as evidence of some pigmy race in
America, but it appears to be a European in a sunhat."
The Professor snorted like an angry buffalo. "You really touch the limit," said he. "You enlarge my view of
the possible. Cerebral paresis! Mental inertia! Wonderful!"
He was too absurd to make me angry. Indeed, it was a waste of energy, for if you were going to be angry with
this man you would be angry all the time. I contented myself with smiling wearily. "It struck me that the man
was small," said I.
"Look here!" he cried, leaning forward and dabbing a great hairy sausage of a finger on to the picture. "You
see that plant behind the animal; I suppose you thought it was a dandelion or a Brussels sproutwhat? Well,
it is a vegetable ivory palm, and they run to about fifty or sixty feet. Don't you see that the man is put in for a
purpose? He couldn't really have stood in front of that brute and lived to draw it. He sketched himself in to
give a scale of heights. He was, we will say, over five feet high. The tree is ten times bigger, which is what
one would expect."
"Good heavens!" I cried. "Then you think the beast was Why, Charing Cross station would hardly make
a kennel for such a brute!"
"Apart from exaggeration, he is certainly a wellgrown specimen," said the Professor, complacently.
"But," I cried, "surely the whole experience of the human race is not to be set aside on account of a single
sketch"I had turned over the leaves and ascertained that there was nothing more in the book"a single
sketch by a wandering American artist who may have done it under hashish, or in the delirium of fever, or
simply in order to gratify a freakish imagination. You can't, as a man of science, defend such a position as
that."
For answer the Professor took a book down from a shelf.
"This is an excellent monograph by my gifted friend, Ray Lankester!" said he. "There is an illustration here
which would interest you. Ah, yes, here it is! The inscription beneath it runs: `Probable appearance in life of
the Jurassic Dinosaur Stegosaurus. The hind leg alone is twice as tall as a fullgrown man.' Well, what do
you make of that?"
The Lost World
The Lost World 19
Page No 22
He handed me the open book. I started as I looked at the picture. In this reconstructed animal of a dead world
there was certainly a very great resemblance to the sketch of the unknown artist.
"That is certainly remarkable," said I.
"But you won't admit that it is final?"
"Surely it might be a coincidence, or this American may have seen a picture of the kind and carried it in his
memory. It would be likely to recur to a man in a delirium."
"Very good," said the Professor, indulgently; "we leave it at that. I will now ask you to look at this bone." He
handed over the one which he had already described as part of the dead man's possessions. It was about six
inches long, and thicker than my thumb, with some indications of dried cartilage at one end of it.
"To what known creature does that bone belong?" asked the Professor.
I examined it with care and tried to recall some halfforgotten knowledge.
"It might be a very thick human collarbone," I said.
My companion waved his hand in contemptuous deprecation.
"The human collarbone is curved. This is straight. There is a groove upon its surface showing that a great
tendon played across it, which could not be the case with a clavicle."
"Then I must confess that I don't know what it is."
"You need not be ashamed to expose your ignorance, for I don't suppose the whole South Kensington staff
could give a name to it." He took a little bone the size of a bean out of a pillbox. "So far as I am a judge this
human bone is the analogue of the one which you hold in your hand. That will give you some idea of the size
of the creature. You will observe from the cartilage that this is no fossil specimen, but recent. What do you
say to that?"
"Surely in an elephant"
He winced as if in pain.
"Don't! Don't talk of elephants in South America. Even in these days of Board schools"
"Well, I interrupted, "any large South American animala tapir, for example."
"You may take it, young man, that I am versed in the elements of my business. This is not a conceivable bone
either of a tapir or of any other creature known to zoology. It belongs to a very large, a very strong, and, by
all analogy, a very fierce animal which exists upon the face of the earth, but has not yet come under the notice
of science. You are still unconvinced?"
"I am at least deeply interested."
"Then your case is not hopeless. I feel that there is reason lurking in you somewhere, so we will patiently
grope round for it. We will now leave the dead American and proceed with my narrative. You can imagine
that I could hardly come away from the Amazon without probing deeper into the matter. There were
The Lost World
The Lost World 20
Page No 23
indications as to the direction from which the dead traveler had come. Indian legends would alone have been
my guide, for I found that rumors of a strange land were common among all the riverine tribes. You have
heard, no doubt, of Curupuri?"
"Never."
"Curupuri is the spirit of the woods, something terrible, something malevolent, something to be avoided.
None can describe its shape or nature, but it is a word of terror along the Amazon. Now all tribes agree as to
the direction in which Curupuri lives. It was the same direction from which the American had come.
Something terrible lay that way. It was my business to find out what it was."
"What did you do?" My flippancy was all gone. This massive man compelled one's attention and respect.
"I overcame the extreme reluctance of the nativesa reluctance which extends even to talk upon the
subjectand by judicious persuasion and gifts, aided, I will admit, by some threats of coercion, I got two of
them to act as guides. After many adventures which I need not describe, and after traveling a distance which I
will not mention, in a direction which I withhold, we came at last to a tract of country which has never been
described, nor, indeed, visited save by my unfortunate predecessor. Would you kindly look at this?"
He handed me a photographhalfplate size.
"The unsatisfactory appearance of it is due to the fact," said he, "that on descending the river the boat was
upset and the case which contained the undeveloped films was broken, with disastrous results. Nearly all of
them were totally ruinedan irreparable loss. This is one of the few which partially escaped. This
explanation of deficiencies or abnormalities you will kindly accept. There was talk of faking. I am not in a
mood to argue such a point."
The photograph was certainly very offcolored. An unkind critic might easily have misinterpreted that dim
surface. It was a dull gray landscape, and as I gradually deciphered the details of it I realized that it
represented a long and enormously high line of cliffs exactly like an immense cataract seen in the distance,
with a sloping, treeclad plain in the foreground.
"I believe it is the same place as the painted picture," said I.
"It is the same place," the Professor answered. "I found traces of the fellow's camp. Now look at this."
It was a nearer view of the same scene, though the photograph was extremely defective. I could distinctly see
the isolated, treecrowned pinnacle of rock which was detached from the crag.
"I have no doubt of it at all," said I.
"Well, that is something gained," said he. "We progress, do we not? Now, will you please look at the top of
that rocky pinnacle? Do you observe something there?"
"An enormous tree."
"But on the tree?"
"A large bird," said I.
He handed me a lens.
The Lost World
The Lost World 21
Page No 24
"Yes," I said, peering through it, "a large bird stands on the tree. It appears to have a considerable beak. I
should say it was a pelican."
"I cannot congratulate you upon your eyesight," said the Professor. "It is not a pelican, nor, indeed, is it a
bird. It may interest you to know that I succeeded in shooting that particular specimen. It was the only
absolute proof of my experiences which I was able to bring away with me."
"You have it, then?" Here at last was tangible corroboration.
"I had it. It was unfortunately lost with so much else in the same boat accident which ruined my photographs.
I clutched at it as it disappeared in the swirl of the rapids, and part of its wing was left in my hand. I was
insensible when washed ashore, but the miserable remnant of my superb specimen was still intact; I now lay
it before you."
From a drawer he produced what seemed to me to be the upper portion of the wing of a large bat. It was at
least two feet in length, a curved bone, with a membranous veil beneath it.
"A monstrous bat!" I suggested.
"Nothing of the sort," said the Professor, severely. "Living, as I do, in an educated and scientific atmosphere,
I could not have conceived that the first principles of zoology were so little known. Is it possible that you do
not know the elementary fact in comparative anatomy, that the wing of a bird is really the forearm, while the
wing of a bat consists of three elongated fingers with membranes between? Now, in this case, the bone is
certainly not the forearm, and you can see for yourself that this is a single membrane hanging upon a single
bone, and therefore that it cannot belong to a bat. But if it is neither bird nor bat, what is it?"
My small stock of knowledge was exhausted.
"I really do not know," said I.
He opened the standard work to which he had already referred me.
"Here," said he, pointing to the picture of an extraordinary flying monster, "is an excellent reproduction of the
dimorphodon, or pterodactyl, a flying reptile of the Jurassic period. On the next page is a diagram of the
mechanism of its wing. Kindly compare it with the specimen in your hand."
A wave of amazement passed over me as I looked. I was convinced. There could be no getting away from it.
The cumulative proof was overwhelming. The sketch, the photographs, the narrative, and now the actual
specimenthe evidence was complete. I said soI said so warmly, for I felt that the Professor was an
illused man. He leaned back in his chair with drooping eyelids and a tolerant smile, basking in this sudden
gleam of sunshine.
"It's just the very biggest thing that I ever heard of!" said I, though it was my journalistic rather than my
scientific enthusiasm that was roused. "It is colossal. You are a Columbus of science who has discovered a
lost world. I'm awfully sorry if I seemed to doubt you. It was all so unthinkable. But I understand evidence
when I see it, and this should be good enough for anyone."
The Professor purred with satisfaction.
"And then, sir, what did you do next?"
The Lost World
The Lost World 22
Page No 25
"It was the wet season, Mr. Malone, and my stores were exhausted. I explored some portion of this huge cliff,
but I was unable to find any way to scale it. The pyramidal rock upon which I saw and shot the pterodactyl
was more accessible. Being something of a cragsman, I did manage to get half way to the top of that. From
that height I had a better idea of the plateau upon the top of the crags. It appeared to be very large; neither to
east nor to west could I see any end to the vista of greencapped cliffs. Below, it is a swampy, jungly region,
full of snakes, insects, and fever. It is a natural protection to this singular country."
"Did you see any other trace of life?"
"No, sir, I did not; but during the week that we lay encamped at the base of the cliff we heard some very
strange noises from above."
"But the creature that the American drew? How do you account for that?"
"We can only suppose that he must have made his way to the summit and seen it there. We know, therefore,
that there is a way up. We know equally that it must be a very difficult one, otherwise the creatures would
have come down and overrun the surrounding country. Surely that is clear?"
"But how did they come to be there?"
"I do not think that the problem is a very obscure one," said the Professor; "there can only be one explanation.
South America is, as you may have heard, a granite continent. At this single point in the interior there has
been, in some far distant age, a great, sudden volcanic upheaval. These cliffs, I may remark, are basaltic, and
therefore plutonic. An area, as large perhaps as Sussex, has been lifted up en bloc with all its living contents,
and cut off by perpendicular precipices of a hardness which defies erosion from all the rest of the continent.
What is the result? Why, the ordinary laws of Nature are suspended. The various checks which influence the
struggle for existence in the world at large are all neutralized or altered. Creatures survive which would
otherwise disappear. You will observe that both the pterodactyl and the stegosaurus are Jurassic, and
therefore of a great age in the order of life. They have been artificially conserved by those strange accidental
conditions."
"But surely your evidence is conclusive. You have only to lay it before the proper authorities."
"So in my simplicity, I had imagined," said the Professor, bitterly. "I can only tell you that it was not so, that I
was met at every turn by incredulity, born partly of stupidity and partly of jealousy. It is not my nature, sir, to
cringe to any man, or to seek to prove a fact if my word has been doubted. After the first I have not
condescended to show such corroborative proofs as I possess. The subject became hateful to meI would
not speak of it. When men like yourself, who represent the foolish curiosity of the public, came to disturb my
privacy I was unable to meet them with dignified reserve. By nature I am, I admit, somewhat fiery, and under
provocation I am inclined to be violent. I fear you may have remarked it."
I nursed my eye and was silent.
"My wife has frequently remonstrated with me upon the subject, and yet I fancy that any man of honor would
feel the same. Tonight, however, I propose to give an extreme example of the control of the will over the
emotions. I invite you to be present at the exhibition." He handed me a card from his desk. "You will perceive
that Mr. Percival Waldron, a naturalist of some popular repute, is announced to lecture at eightthirty at the
Zoological Institute's Hall upon `The Record of the Ages.' I have been specially invited to be present upon the
platform, and to move a vote of thanks to the lecturer. While doing so, I shall make it my business, with
infinite tact and delicacy, to throw out a few remarks which may arouse the interest of the audience and cause
some of them to desire to go more deeply into the matter. Nothing contentious, you understand, but only an
The Lost World
The Lost World 23
Page No 26
indication that there are greater deeps beyond. I shall hold myself strongly in leash, and see whether by this
selfrestraint I attain a more favorable result."
"And I may come?" I asked eagerly.
"Why, surely," he answered, cordially. He had an enormously massive genial manner, which was almost as
overpowering as his violence. His smile of benevolence was a wonderful thing, when his cheeks would
suddenly bunch into two red apples, between his halfclosed eyes and his great black beard. "By all means,
come. It will be a comfort to me to know that I have one ally in the hall, however inefficient and ignorant of
the subject he may be. I fancy there will be a large audience, for Waldron, though an absolute charlatan, has a
considerable popular following. Now, Mr. Malone, I have given you rather more of my time than I had
intended. The individual must not monopolize what is meant for the world. I shall be pleased to see you at the
lecture tonight. In the meantime, you will understand that no public use is to be made of any of the material
that I have given you."
"But Mr. McArdlemy news editor, you knowwill want to know what I have done."
"Tell him what you like. You can say, among other things, that if he sends anyone else to intrude upon me I
shall call upon him with a ridingwhip. But I leave it to you that nothing of all this appears in print. Very
good. Then the Zoological Institute's Hall at eightthirty tonight." I had a last impression of red cheeks, blue
rippling beard, and intolerant eyes, as he waved me out of the room.
CHAPTER V. "Question!"
What with the physical shocks incidental to my first interview with Professor Challenger and the mental ones
which accompanied the second, I was a somewhat demoralized journalist by the time I found myself in
Enmore Park once more. In my aching head the one thought was throbbing that there really was truth in this
man's story, that it was of tremendous consequence, and that it would work up into inconceivable copy for the
Gazette when I could obtain permission to use it. A taxicab was waiting at the end of the road, so I sprang
into it and drove down to the office. McArdle was at his post as usual.
"Well," he cried, expectantly, "what may it run to? I'm thinking, young man, you have been in the wars. Don't
tell me that he assaulted you."
"We had a little difference at first."
"What a man it is! What did you do?"
"Well, he became more reasonable and we had a chat. But I got nothing out of himnothing for
publication."
"I'm not so sure about that. You got a black eye out of him, and that's for publication. We can't have this reign
of terror, Mr. Malone. We must bring the man to his bearings. I'll have a leaderette on him tomorrow that
will raise a blister. Just give me the material and I will engage to brand the fellow for ever. Professor
Munchausenhow's that for an inset headline? Sir John Mandeville redivivusCagliostroall the
imposters and bullies in history. I'll show him up for the fraud he is."
"I wouldn't do that, sir."
"Why not?"
The Lost World
The Lost World 24
Page No 27
"Because he is not a fraud at all."
"What!" roared McArdle. "You don't mean to say you really believe this stuff of his about mammoths and
mastodons and great sea sairpents?"
"Well, I don't know about that. I don't think he makes any claims of that kind. But I do believe he has got
something new."
"Then for Heaven's sake, man, write it up!"
"I'm longing to, but all I know he gave me in confidence and on condition that I didn't." I condensed into a
few sentences the Professor's narrative. "That's how it stands."
McArdle looked deeply incredulous.
"Well, Mr. Malone," he said at last, "about this scientific meeting tonight; there can be no privacy about
that, anyhow. I don't suppose any paper will want to report it, for Waldron has been reported already a dozen
times, and no one is aware that Challenger will speak. We may get a scoop, if we are lucky. You'll be there in
any case, so you'll just give us a pretty full report. I'll keep space up to midnight."
My day was a busy one, and I had an early dinner at the Savage Club with Tarp Henry, to whom I gave some
account of my adventures. He listened with a sceptical smile on his gaunt face, and roared with laughter on
hearing that the Professor had convinced me.
"My dear chap, things don't happen like that in real life. People don't stumble upon enormous discoveries and
then lose their evidence. Leave that to the novelists. The fellow is as full of tricks as the monkeyhouse at the
Zoo. It's all bosh."
"But the American poet?"
"He never existed."
"I saw his sketchbook."
"Challenger's sketchbook."
"You think he drew that animal?"
"Of course he did. Who else?"
"Well, then, the photographs?"
"There was nothing in the photographs. By your own admission you only saw a bird."
"A pterodactyl."
"That's what HE says. He put the pterodactyl into your head."
"Well, then, the bones?"
The Lost World
The Lost World 25
Page No 28
"First one out of an Irish stew. Second one vamped up for the occasion. If you are clever and know your
business you can fake a bone as easily as you can a photograph."
I began to feel uneasy. Perhaps, after all, I had been premature in my acquiescence. Then I had a sudden
happy thought.
"Will you come to the meeting?" I asked.
Tarp Henry looked thoughtful.
"He is not a popular person, the genial Challenger," said he. "A lot of people have accounts to settle with him.
I should say he is about the besthated man in London. If the medical students turn out there will be no end
of a rag. I don't want to get into a beargarden."
"You might at least do him the justice to hear him state his own case."
"Well, perhaps it's only fair. All right. I'm your man for the evening."
When we arrived at the hall we found a much greater concourse than I had expected. A line of electric
broughams discharged their little cargoes of whitebearded professors, while the dark stream of humbler
pedestrians, who crowded through the arched doorway, showed that the audience would be popular as well
as scientific. Indeed, it became evident to us as soon as we had taken our seats that a youthful and even
boyish spirit was abroad in the gallery and the back portions of the hall. Looking behind me, I could see rows
of faces of the familiar medical student type. Apparently the great hospitals had each sent down their
contingent. The behavior of the audience at present was goodhumored, but mischievous. Scraps of popular
songs were chorused with an enthusiasm which was a strange prelude to a scientific lecture, and there was
already a tendency to personal chaff which promised a jovial evening to others, however embarrassing it
might be to the recipients of these dubious honors.
Thus, when old Doctor Meldrum, with his wellknown curlybrimmed operahat, appeared upon the
platform, there was such a universal query of "Where DID you get that tile?" that he hurriedly removed it,
and concealed it furtively under his chair. When gouty Professor Wadley limped down to his seat there were
general affectionate inquiries from all parts of the hall as to the exact state of his poor toe, which caused him
obvious embarrassment. The greatest demonstration of all, however, was at the entrance of my new
acquaintance, Professor Challenger, when he passed down to take his place at the extreme end of the front
row of the platform. Such a yell of welcome broke forth when his black beard first protruded round the corner
that I began to suspect Tarp Henry was right in his surmise, and that this assemblage was there not merely for
the sake of the lecture, but because it had got rumored abroad that the famous Professor would take part in the
proceedings.
There was some sympathetic laughter on his entrance among the front benches of welldressed spectators, as
though the demonstration of the students in this instance was not unwelcome to them. That greeting was,
indeed, a frightful outburst of sound, the uproar of the carnivora cage when the step of the bucketbearing
keeper is heard in the distance. There was an offensive tone in it, perhaps, and yet in the main it struck me as
mere riotous outcry, the noisy reception of one who amused and interested them, rather than of one they
disliked or despised. Challenger smiled with weary and tolerant contempt, as a kindly man would meet the
yapping of a litter of puppies. He sat slowly down, blew out his chest, passed his hand caressingly down his
beard, and looked with drooping eyelids and supercilious eyes at the crowded hall before him. The uproar of
his advent had not yet died away when Professor Ronald Murray, the chairman, and Mr. Waldron, the
lecturer, threaded their way to the front, and the proceedings began.
The Lost World
The Lost World 26
Page No 29
Professor Murray will, I am sure, excuse me if I say that he has the common fault of most Englishmen of
being inaudible. Why on earth people who have something to say which is worth hearing should not take the
slight trouble to learn how to make it heard is one of the strange mysteries of modern life. Their methods are
as reasonable as to try to pour some precious stuff from the spring to the reservoir through a nonconducting
pipe, which could by the least effort be opened. Professor Murray made several profound remarks to his
white tie and to the watercarafe upon the table, with a humorous, twinkling aside to the silver candlestick
upon his right. Then he sat down, and Mr. Waldron, the famous popular lecturer, rose amid a general murmur
of applause. He was a stern, gaunt man, with a harsh voice, and an aggressive manner, but he had the merit of
knowing how to assimilate the ideas of other men, and to pass them on in a way which was intelligible and
even interesting to the lay public, with a happy knack of being funny about the most unlikely objects, so that
the precession of the Equinox or the formation of a vertebrate became a highly humorous process as treated
by him.
It was a bird'seye view of creation, as interpreted by science, which, in language always clear and
sometimes picturesque, he unfolded before us. He told us of the globe, a huge mass of flaming gas, flaring
through the heavens. Then he pictured the solidification, the cooling, the wrinkling which formed the
mountains, the steam which turned to water, the slow preparation of the stage upon which was to be played
the inexplicable drama of life. On the origin of life itself he was discreetly vague. That the germs of it could
hardly have survived the original roasting was, he declared, fairly certain. Therefore it had come later. Had it
built itself out of the cooling, inorganic elements of the globe? Very likely. Had the germs of it arrived from
outside upon a meteor? It was hardly conceivable. On the whole, the wisest man was the least dogmatic upon
the point. We could notor at least we had not succeeded up to date in making organic life in our
laboratories out of inorganic materials. The gulf between the dead and the living was something which our
chemistry could not as yet bridge. But there was a higher and subtler chemistry of Nature, which, working
with great forces over long epochs, might well produce results which were impossible for us. There the
matter must be left.
This brought the lecturer to the great ladder of animal life, beginning low down in molluscs and feeble sea
creatures, then up rung by rung through reptiles and fishes, till at last we came to a kangaroorat, a creature
which brought forth its young alive, the direct ancestor of all mammals, and presumably, therefore, of
everyone in the audience. ("No, no," from a sceptical student in the back row.) If the young gentleman in the
red tie who cried "No, no," and who presumably claimed to have been hatched out of an egg, would wait
upon him after the lecture, he would be glad to see such a curiosity. (Laughter.) It was strange to think that
the climax of all the agelong process of Nature had been the creation of that gentleman in the red tie. But
had the process stopped? Was this gentleman to be taken as the final typethe beall and endall of
development? He hoped that he would not hurt the feelings of the gentleman in the red tie if he maintained
that, whatever virtues that gentleman might possess in private life, still the vast processes of the universe
were not fully justified if they were to end entirely in his production. Evolution was not a spent force, but one
still working, and even greater achievements were in store.
Having thus, amid a general titter, played very prettily with his interrupter, the lecturer went back to his
picture of the past, the drying of the seas, the emergence of the sandbank, the sluggish, viscous life which
lay upon their margins, the overcrowded lagoons, the tendency of the sea creatures to take refuge upon the
mudflats, the abundance of food awaiting them, their consequent enormous growth. "Hence, ladies and
gentlemen," he added, "that frightful brood of saurians which still affright our eyes when seen in the Wealden
or in the Solenhofen slates, but which were fortunately extinct long before the first appearance of mankind
upon this planet."
"Question!" boomed a voice from the platform.
The Lost World
The Lost World 27
Page No 30
Mr. Waldron was a strict disciplinarian with a gift of acid humor, as exemplified upon the gentleman with the
red tie, which made it perilous to interrupt him. But this interjection appeared to him so absurd that he was at
a loss how to deal with it. So looks the Shakespearean who is confronted by a rancid Baconian, or the
astronomer who is assailed by a flatearth fanatic. He paused for a moment, and then, raising his voice,
repeated slowly the words: "Which were extinct before the coming of man."
"Question!" boomed the voice once more.
Waldron looked with amazement along the line of professors upon the platform until his eyes fell upon the
figure of Challenger, who leaned back in his chair with closed eyes and an amused expression, as if he were
smiling in his sleep.
"I see!" said Waldron, with a shrug. "It is my friend Professor Challenger," and amid laughter he renewed his
lecture as if this was a final explanation and no more need be said.
But the incident was far from being closed. Whatever path the lecturer took amid the wilds of the past seemed
invariably to lead him to some assertion as to extinct or prehistoric life which instantly brought the same
bulls' bellow from the Professor. The audience began to anticipate it and to roar with delight when it came.
The packed benches of students joined in, and every time Challenger's beard opened, before any sound could
come forth, there was a yell of "Question!" from a hundred voices, and an answering counter cry of "Order!"
and "Shame!" from as many more. Waldron, though a hardened lecturer and a strong man, became rattled. He
hesitated, stammered, repeated himself, got snarled in a long sentence, and finally turned furiously upon the
cause of his troubles.
"This is really intolerable!" he cried, glaring across the platform. "I must ask you, Professor Challenger, to
cease these ignorant and unmannerly interruptions."
There was a hush over the hall, the students rigid with delight at seeing the high gods on Olympus quarrelling
among themselves. Challenger levered his bulky figure slowly out of his chair.
"I must in turn ask you, Mr. Waldron," he said, "to cease to make assertions which are not in strict
accordance with scientific fact."
The words unloosed a tempest. "Shame! Shame!" "Give him a hearing!" "Put him out!" "Shove him off the
platform!" "Fair play!" emerged from a general roar of amusement or execration. The chairman was on his
feet flapping both his hands and bleating excitedly. "Professor Challengerpersonalviews later," were
the solid peaks above his clouds of inaudible mutter. The interrupter bowed, smiled, stroked his beard, and
relapsed into his chair. Waldron, very flushed and warlike, continued his observations. Now and then, as he
made an assertion, he shot a venomous glance at his opponent, who seemed to be slumbering deeply, with the
same broad, happy smile upon his face.
At last the lecture came to an endI am inclined to think that it was a premature one, as the peroration was
hurried and disconnected. The thread of the argument had been rudely broken, and the audience was restless
and expectant. Waldron sat down, and, after a chirrup from the chairman, Professor Challenger rose and
advanced to the edge of the platform. In the interests of my paper I took down his speech verbatim.
"Ladies and Gentlemen," he began, amid a sustained interruption from the back. "I beg pardonLadies,
Gentlemen, and ChildrenI must apologize, I had inadvertently omitted a considerable section of this
audience" (tumult, during which the Professor stood with one hand raised and his enormous head nodding
sympathetically, as if he were bestowing a pontifical blessing upon the crowd), "I have been selected to move
a vote of thanks to Mr. Waldron for the very picturesque and imaginative address to which we have just
The Lost World
The Lost World 28
Page No 31
listened. There are points in it with which I disagree, and it has been my duty to indicate them as they arose,
but, none the less, Mr. Waldron has accomplished his object well, that object being to give a simple and
interesting account of what he conceives to have been the history of our planet. Popular lectures are the
easiest to listen to, but Mr. Waldron" (here he beamed and blinked at the lecturer) "will excuse me when I say
that they are necessarily both superficial and misleading, since they have to be graded to the comprehension
of an ignorant audience." (Ironical cheering.) "Popular lecturers are in their nature parasitic." (Angry gesture
of protest from Mr. Waldron.) "They exploit for fame or cash the work which has been done by their indigent
and unknown brethren. One smallest new fact obtained in the laboratory, one brick built into the temple of
science, far outweighs any secondhand exposition which passes an idle hour, but can leave no useful result
behind it. I put forward this obvious reflection, not out of any desire to disparage Mr. Waldron in particular,
but that you may not lose your sense of proportion and mistake the acolyte for the high priest." (At this point
Mr. Waldron whispered to the chairman, who half rose and said something severely to his watercarafe.)
"But enough of this!" (Loud and prolonged cheers.) "Let me pass to some subject of wider interest. What is
the particular point upon which I, as an original investigator, have challenged our lecturer's accuracy? It is
upon the permanence of certain types of animal life upon the earth. I do not speak upon this subject as an
amateur, nor, I may add, as a popular lecturer, but I speak as one whose scientific conscience compels him to
adhere closely to facts, when I say that Mr. Waldron is very wrong in supposing that because he has never
himself seen a socalled prehistoric animal, therefore these creatures no longer exist. They are indeed, as he
has said, our ancestors, but they are, if I may use the expression, our contemporary ancestors, who can still be
found with all their hideous and formidable characteristics if one has but the energy and hardihood to seek
their haunts. Creatures which were supposed to be Jurassic, monsters who would hunt down and devour our
largest and fiercest mammals, still exist." (Cries of "Bosh!" "Prove it!" "How do YOU know?" "Question!")
"How do I know, you ask me? I know because I have visited their secret haunts. I know because I have seen
some of them." (Applause, uproar, and a voice, "Liar!") "Am I a liar?" (General hearty and noisy assent.)
"Did I hear someone say that I was a liar? Will the person who called me a liar kindly stand up that I may
know him?" (A voice, "Here he is, sir!" and an inoffensive little person in spectacles, struggling violently,
was held up among a group of students.) "Did you venture to call me a liar?" ("No, sir, no!" shouted the
accused, and disappeared like a jackinthebox.) "If any person in this hall dares to doubt my veracity, I
shall be glad to have a few words with him after the lecture." ("Liar!") "Who said that?" (Again the
inoffensive one plunging desperately, was elevated high into the air.) "If I come down among you"
(General chorus of "Come, love, come!" which interrupted the proceedings for some moments, while the
chairman, standing up and waving both his arms, seemed to be conducting the music. The Professor, with his
face flushed, his nostrils dilated, and his beard bristling, was now in a proper Berserk mood.) "Every great
discoverer has been met with the same incredulitythe sure brand of a generation of fools. When great facts
are laid before you, you have not the intuition, the imagination which would help you to understand them.
You can only throw mud at the men who have risked their lives to open new fields to science. You persecute
the prophets! Galileo! Darwin, and I" (Prolonged cheering and complete interruption.)
All this is from my hurried notes taken at the time, which give little notion of the absolute chaos to which the
assembly had by this time been reduced. So terrific was the uproar that several ladies had already beaten a
hurried retreat. Grave and reverend seniors seemed to have caught the prevailing spirit as badly as the
students, and I saw whitebearded men rising and shaking their fists at the obdurate Professor. The whole
great audience seethed and simmered like a boiling pot. The Professor took a step forward and raised both his
hands. There was something so big and arresting and virile in the man that the clatter and shouting died
gradually away before his commanding gesture and his masterful eyes. He seemed to have a definite
message. They hushed to hear it.
"I will not detain you," he said. "It is not worth it. Truth is truth, and the noise of a number of foolish young
menand, I fear I must add, of their equally foolish seniorscannot affect the matter. I claim that I have
opened a new field of science. You dispute it." (Cheers.) "Then I put you to the test. Will you accredit one or
more of your own number to go out as your representatives and test my statement in your name?"
The Lost World
The Lost World 29
Page No 32
Mr. Summerlee, the veteran Professor of Comparative Anatomy, rose among the audience, a tall, thin, bitter
man, with the withered aspect of a theologian. He wished, he said, to ask Professor Challenger whether the
results to which he had alluded in his remarks had been obtained during a journey to the headwaters of the
Amazon made by him two years before.
Professor Challenger answered that they had.
Mr. Summerlee desired to know how it was that Professor Challenger claimed to have made discoveries in
those regions which had been overlooked by Wallace, Bates, and other previous explorers of established
scientific repute.
Professor Challenger answered that Mr. Summerlee appeared to be confusing the Amazon with the Thames;
that it was in reality a somewhat larger river; that Mr. Summerlee might be interested to know that with the
Orinoco, which communicated with it, some fifty thousand miles of country were opened up, and that in so
vast a space it was not impossible for one person to find what another had missed.
Mr. Summerlee declared, with an acid smile, that he fully appreciated the difference between the Thames and
the Amazon, which lay in the fact that any assertion about the former could be tested, while about the latter it
could not. He would be obliged if Professor Challenger would give the latitude and the longitude of the
country in which prehistoric animals were to be found.
Professor Challenger replied that he reserved such information for good reasons of his own, but would be
prepared to give it with proper precautions to a committee chosen from the audience. Would Mr. Summerlee
serve on such a committee and test his story in person?
Mr. Summerlee: "Yes, I will." (Great cheering.)
Professor Challenger: "Then I guarantee that I will place in your hands such material as will enable you to
find your way. It is only right, however, since Mr. Summerlee goes to check my statement that I should have
one or more with him who may check his. I will not disguise from you that there are difficulties and dangers.
Mr. Summerlee will need a younger colleague. May I ask for volunteers?"
It is thus that the great crisis of a man's life springs out at him. Could I have imagined when I entered that hall
that I was about to pledge myself to a wilder adventure than had ever come to me in my dreams? But
Gladyswas it not the very opportunity of which she spoke? Gladys would have told me to go. I had sprung
to my feet. I was speaking, and yet I had prepared no words. Tarp Henry, my companion, was plucking at my
skirts and I heard him whispering, "Sit down, Malone! Don't make a public ass of yourself." At the same time
I was aware that a tall, thin man, with dark gingery hair, a few seats in front of me, was also upon his feet. He
glared back at me with hard angry eyes, but I refused to give way.
"I will go, Mr. Chairman," I kept repeating over and over again.
"Name! Name!" cried the audience.
"My name is Edward Dunn Malone. I am the reporter of the Daily Gazette. I claim to be an absolutely
unprejudiced witness."
"What is YOUR name, sir?" the chairman asked of my tall rival.
"I am Lord John Roxton. I have already been up the Amazon, I know all the ground, and have special
qualifications for this investigation."
The Lost World
The Lost World 30
Page No 33
"Lord John Roxton's reputation as a sportsman and a traveler is, of course, worldfamous," said the
chairman; "at the same time it would certainly be as well to have a member of the Press upon such an
expedition."
"Then I move," said Professor Challenger, "that both these gentlemen be elected, as representatives of this
meeting, to accompany Professor Summerlee upon his journey to investigate and to report upon the truth of
my statements."
And so, amid shouting and cheering, our fate was decided, and I found myself borne away in the human
current which swirled towards the door, with my mind half stunned by the vast new project which had risen
so suddenly before it. As I emerged from the hall I was conscious for a moment of a rush of laughing
studentsdown the pavement, and of an arm wielding a heavy umbrella, which rose and fell in the midst of
them. Then, amid a mixture of groans and cheers, Professor Challenger's electric brougham slid from the
curb, and I found myself walking under the silvery lights of Regent Street, full of thoughts of Gladys and of
wonder as to my future.
Suddenly there was a touch at my elbow. I turned, and found myself looking into the humorous, masterful
eyes of the tall, thin man who had volunteered to be my companion on this strange quest.
"Mr. Malone, I understand," said he. "We are to be companionswhat? My rooms are just over the road, in
the Albany. Perhaps you would have the kindness to spare me half an hour, for there are one or two things
that I badly want to say to you."
CHAPTER VI. "I was the Flail of the Lord"
Lord John Roxton and I turned down Vigo Street together and through the dingy portals of the famous
aristocratic rookery. At the end of a long drab passage my new acquaintance pushed open a door and turned
on an electric switch. A number of lamps shining through tinted shades bathed the whole great room before
us in a ruddy radiance. Standing in the doorway and glancing round me, I had a general impression of
extraordinary comfort and elegance combined with an atmosphere of masculine virility. Everywhere there
were mingled the luxury of the wealthy man of taste and the careless untidiness of the bachelor. Rich furs and
strange iridescent mats from some Oriental bazaar were scattered upon the floor. Pictures and prints which
even my unpractised eyes could recognize as being of great price and rarity hung thick upon the walls.
Sketches of boxers, of balletgirls, and of racehorses alternated with a sensuous Fragonard, a martial
Girardet, and a dreamy Turner. But amid these varied ornaments there were scattered the trophies which
brought back strongly to my recollection the fact that Lord John Roxton was one of the great allround
sportsmen and athletes of his day. A darkblue oar crossed with a cherrypink one above his mantelpiece
spoke of the old Oxonian and Leander man, while the foils and boxinggloves above and below them were
the tools of a man who had won supremacy with each. Like a dado round the room was the jutting line of
splendid heavy gameheads, the best of their sort from every quarter of the world, with the rare white
rhinoceros of the Lado Enclave drooping its supercilious lip above them all.
In the center of the rich red carpet was a black and gold Louis Quinze table, a lovely antique, now
sacrilegiously desecrated with marks of glasses and the scars of cigarstumps. On it stood a silver tray of
smokables and a burnished spiritstand, from which and an adjacent siphon my silent host proceeded to
charge two high glasses. Having indicated an armchair to me and placed my refreshment near it, he handed
me a long, smooth Havana. Then, seating himself opposite to me, he looked at me long and fixedly with his
strange, twinkling, reckless eyeseyes of a cold light blue, the color of a glacier lake.
Through the thin haze of my cigarsmoke I noted the details of a face which was already familiar to me from
many photographsthe stronglycurved nose, the hollow, worn cheeks, the dark, ruddy hair, thin at the top,
The Lost World
The Lost World 31
Page No 34
the crisp, virile moustaches, the small, aggressive tuft upon his projecting chin. Something there was of
Napoleon III., something of Don Quixote, and yet again something which was the essence of the English
country gentleman, the keen, alert, openair lover of dogs and of horses. His skin was of a rich flowerpot
red from sun and wind. His eyebrows were tufted and overhanging, which gave those naturally cold eyes an
almost ferocious aspect, an impression which was increased by his strong and furrowed brow. In figure he
was spare, but very strongly builtindeed, he had often proved that there were few men in England capable
of such sustained exertions. His height was a little over six feet, but he seemed shorter on account of a
peculiar rounding of the shoulders. Such was the famous Lord John Roxton as he sat opposite to me, biting
hard upon his cigar and watching me steadily in a long and embarrassing silence.
"Well," said he, at last, "we've gone and done it, young fellah my lad." (This curious phrase he pronounced as
if it were all one word"youngfellahmelad.") "Yes, we've taken a jump, you an' me. I suppose, now,
when you went into that room there was no such notion in your headwhat?"
"No thought of it."
"The same here. No thought of it. And here we are, up to our necks in the tureen. Why, I've only been back
three weeks from Uganda, and taken a place in Scotland, and signed the lease and all. Pretty goin's
onwhat? How does it hit you?"
"Well, it is all in the main line of my business. I am a journalist on the Gazette."
"Of courseyou said so when you took it on. By the way, I've got a small job for you, if you'll help me."
"With pleasure."
"Don't mind takin' a risk, do you?"
"What is the risk?"
"Well, it's Ballingerhe's the risk. You've heard of him?"
"No."
"Why, young fellah, where HAVE you lived? Sir John Ballinger is the best gentleman jock in the north
country. I could hold him on the flat at my best, but over jumps he's my master. Well, it's an open secret that
when he's out of trainin' he drinks hardstrikin' an average, he calls it. He got delirium on Toosday, and has
been ragin' like a devil ever since. His room is above this. The doctors say that it is all up with the old dear
unless some food is got into him, but as he lies in bed with a revolver on his coverlet, and swears he will put
six of the best through anyone that comes near him, there's been a bit of a strike among the servingmen.
He's a hard nail, is Jack, and a dead shot, too, but you can't leave a Grand National winner to die like
thatwhat?"
"What do you mean to do, then?" I asked.
"Well, my idea was that you and I could rush him. He may be dozin', and at the worst he can only wing one
of us, and the other should have him. If we can get his bolstercover round his arms and then 'phone up a
stomachpump, we'll give the old dear the supper of his life."
It was a rather desperate business to come suddenly into one's day's work. I don't think that I am a particularly
brave man. I have an Irish imagination which makes the unknown and the untried more terrible than they are.
The Lost World
The Lost World 32
Page No 35
On the other hand, I was brought up with a horror of cowardice and with a terror of such a stigma. I dare say
that I could throw myself over a precipice, like the Hun in the history books, if my courage to do it were
questioned, and yet it would surely be pride and fear, rather than courage, which would be my inspiration.
Therefore, although every nerve in my body shrank from the whiskymaddened figure which I pictured in
the room above, I still answered, in as careless a voice as I could command, that I was ready to go. Some
further remark of Lord Roxton's about the danger only made me irritable.
"Talking won't make it any better," said I. "Come on."
I rose from my chair and he from his. Then with a little confidential chuckle of laughter, he patted me two or
three times on the chest, finally pushing me back into my chair.
"All right, sonny my ladyou'll do," said he. I looked up in surprise.
"I saw after Jack Ballinger myself this mornin'. He blew a hole in the skirt of my kimono, bless his shaky old
hand, but we got a jacket on him, and he's to be all right in a week. I say, young fellah, I hope you don't
mindwhat? You see, between you an' me closetiled, I look on this South American business as a mighty
serious thing, and if I have a pal with me I want a man I can bank on. So I sized you down, and I'm bound to
say that you came well out of it. You see, it's all up to you and me, for this old Summerlee man will want
drynursin' from the first. By the way, are you by any chance the Malone who is expected to get his Rugby
cap for Ireland?"
"A reserve, perhaps."
"I thought I remembered your face. Why, I was there when you got that try against Richmondas fine a
swervin' run as I saw the whole season. I never miss a Rugby match if I can help it, for it is the manliest game
we have left. Well, I didn't ask you in here just to talk sport. We've got to fix our business. Here are the
sailin's, on the first page of the Times. There's a Booth boat for Para next Wednesday week, and if the
Professor and you can work it, I think we should take itwhat? Very good, I'll fix it with him. What about
your outfit?"
"My paper will see to that."
"Can you shoot?"
"About average Territorial standard."
"Good Lord! as bad as that? It's the last thing you young fellahs think of learnin'. You're all bees without
stings, so far as lookin' after the hive goes. You'll look silly, some o' these days, when someone comes along
an' sneaks the honey. But you'll need to hold your gun straight in South America, for, unless our friend the
Professor is a madman or a liar, we may see some queer things before we get back. What gun have you?"
He crossed to an oaken cupboard, and as he threw it open I caught a glimpse of glistening rows of parallel
barrels, like the pipes of an organ.
"I'll see what I can spare you out of my own battery," said he.
One by one he took out a succession of beautiful rifles, opening and shutting them with a snap and a clang,
and then patting them as he put them back into the rack as tenderly as a mother would fondle her children.
The Lost World
The Lost World 33
Page No 36
"This is a Bland's .577 axite express," said he. "I got that big fellow with it." He glanced up at the white
rhinoceros. "Ten more yards, and he'd would have added me to HIS collection.
`On that conical bullet his one chance hangs,
'Tis the weak one's advantage fair.'
Hope you know your Gordon, for he's the poet of the horse and the gun and the man that handles both. Now,
here's a useful tool.470, telescopic sight, double ejector, pointblank up to threefifty. That's the rifle I
used against the Peruvian slavedrivers three years ago. I was the flail of the Lord up in those parts, I may
tell you, though you won't find it in any Bluebook. There are times, young fellah, when every one of us
must make a stand for human right and justice, or you never feel clean again. That's why I made a little war
on my own. Declared it myself, waged it myself, ended it myself. Each of those nicks is for a slave
murderera good row of themwhat? That big one is for Pedro Lopez, the king of them all, that I killed in
a backwater of the Putomayo River. Now, here's something that would do for you." He took out a beautiful
brownandsilver rifle. "Well rubbered at the stock, sharply sighted, five cartridges to the clip. You can trust
your life to that." He handed it to me and closed the door of his oak cabinet.
"By the way," he continued, coming back to his chair, "what do you know of this Professor Challenger?"
"I never saw him till today."
"Well, neither did I. It's funny we should both sail under sealed orders from a man we don't know. He seemed
an uppish old bird. His brothers of science don't seem too fond of him, either. How came you to take an
interest in the affair?"
I told him shortly my experiences of the morning, and he listened intently. Then he drew out a map of South
America and laid it on the table.
"I believe every single word he said to you was the truth," said he, earnestly, "and, mind you, I have
something to go on when I speak like that. South America is a place I love, and I think, if you take it right
through from Darien to Fuego, it's the grandest, richest, most wonderful bit of earth upon this planet. People
don't know it yet, and don't realize what it may become. I've been up an' down it from end to end, and had
two dry seasons in those very parts, as I told you when I spoke of the war I made on the slavedealers. Well,
when I was up there I heard some yarns of the same kindtraditions of Indians and the like, but with
somethin' behind them, no doubt. The more you knew of that country, young fellah, the more you would
understand that anythin' was possibleANYTHIN'1. There are just some narrow waterlanes along which
folk travel, and outside that it is all darkness. Now, down here in the Matto Grande"he swept his cigar over
a part of the map"or up in this corner where three countries meet, nothin' would surprise me. As that chap
said tonight, there are fiftythousand miles of waterway runnin' through a forest that is very near the size
of Europe. You and I could be as far away from each other as Scotland is from Constantinople, and yet each
of us be in the same great Brazilian forest. Man has just made a track here and a scrape there in the maze.
Why, the river rises and falls the best part of forty feet, and half the country is a morass that you can't pass
over. Why shouldn't somethin' new and wonderful lie in such a country? And why shouldn't we be the men to
find it out? Besides," he added, his queer, gaunt face shining with delight, "there's a sportin' risk in every mile
of it. I'm like an old golfball I've had all the white paint knocked off me long ago. Life can whack me
about now, and it can't leave a mark. But a sportin' risk, young fellah, that's the salt of existence. Then it's
worth livin' again. We're all gettin' a deal too soft and dull and comfy. Give me the great waste lands and the
wide spaces, with a gun in my fist and somethin' to look for that's worth findin'. I've tried war and
steeplechasin' and aeroplanes, but this huntin' of beasts that look like a lobstersupper dream is a brandnew
sensation." He chuckled with glee at the prospect.
The Lost World
The Lost World 34
Page No 37
Perhaps I have dwelt too long upon this new acquaintance, but he is to be my comrade for many a day, and so
I have tried to set him down as I first saw him, with his quaint personality and his queer little tricks of speech
and of thought. It was only the need of getting in the account of my meeting which drew me at last from his
company. I left him seated amid his pink radiance, oiling the lock of his favorite rifle, while he still chuckled
to himself at the thought of the adventures which awaited us. It was very clear to me that if dangers lay before
us I could not in all England have found a cooler head or a braver spirit with which to share them.
That night, wearied as I was after the wonderful happenings of the day, I sat late with McArdle, the news
editor, explaining to him the whole situation, which he thought important enough to bring next morning
before the notice of Sir George Beaumont, the chief. It was agreed that I should write home full accounts of
my adventures in the shape of successive letters to McArdle, and that these should either be edited for the
Gazette as they arrived, or held back to be published later, according to the wishes of Professor Challenger,
since we could not yet know what conditions he might attach to those directions which should guide us to the
unknown land. In response to a telephone inquiry, we received nothing more definite than a fulmination
against the Press, ending up with the remark that if we would notify our boat he would hand us any directions
which he might think it proper to give us at the moment of starting. A second question from us failed to elicit
any answer at all, save a plaintive bleat from his wife to the effect that her husband was in a very violent
temper already, and that she hoped we would do nothing to make it worse. A third attempt, later in the day,
provoked a terrific crash, and a subsequent message from the Central Exchange that Professor Challenger's
receiver had been shattered. After that we abandoned all attempt at communication.
And now my patient readers, I can address you directly no longer. From now onwards (if, indeed, any
continuation of this narrative should ever reach you) it can only be through the paper which I represent. In the
hands of the editor I leave this account of the events which have led up to one of the most remarkable
expeditions of all time, so that if I never return to England there shall be some record as to how the affair
came about. I am writing these last lines in the saloon of the Booth liner Francisca, and they will go back by
the pilot to the keeping of Mr. McArdle. Let me draw one last picture before I close the notebooka picture
which is the last memory of the old country which I bear away with me. It is a wet, foggy morning in the late
spring; a thin, cold rain is falling. Three shining mackintoshed figures are walking down the quay, making for
the gangplank of the great liner from which the bluepeter is flying. In front of them a porter pushes a
trolley piled high with trunks, wraps, and guncases. Professor Summerlee, a long, melancholy figure, walks
with dragging steps and drooping head, as one who is already profoundly sorry for himself. Lord John
Roxton steps briskly, and his thin, eager face beams forth between his huntingcap and his muffler. As for
myself, I am glad to have got the bustling days of preparation and the pangs of leavetaking behind me, and I
have no doubt that I show it in my bearing. Suddenly, just as we reach the vessel, there is a shout behind us.
It is Professor Challenger, who had promised to see us off. He runs after us, a puffing, redfaced, irascible
figure.
"No thank you," says he; "I should much prefer not to go aboard. I have only a few words to say to you, and
they can very well be said where we are. I beg you not to imagine that I am in any way indebted to you for
making this journey. I would have you to understand that it is a matter of perfect indifference to me, and I
refuse to entertain the most remote sense of personal obligation. Truth is truth, and nothing which you can
report can affect it in any way, though it may excite the emotions and allay the curiosity of a number of very
ineffectual people. My directions for your instruction and guidance are in this sealed envelope. You will open
it when you reach a town upon the Amazon which is called Manaos, but not until the date and hour which is
marked upon the outside. Have I made myself clear? I leave the strict observance of my conditions entirely to
your honor. No, Mr. Malone, I will place no restriction upon your correspondence, since the ventilation of the
facts is the object of your journey; but I demand that you shall give no particulars as to your exact destination,
and that nothing be actually published until your return. Goodbye, sir. You have done something to mitigate
my feelings for the loathsome profession to which you unhappily belong. Goodbye, Lord John. Science is,
as I understand, a sealed book to you; but you may congratulate yourself upon the huntingfield which awaits
The Lost World
The Lost World 35
Page No 38
you. You will, no doubt, have the opportunity of describing in the Field how you brought down the rocketing
dimorphodon. And goodbye to you also, Professor Summerlee. If you are still capable of selfimprovement,
of which I am frankly unconvinced, you will surely return to London a wiser man."
So he turned upon his heel, and a minute later from the deck I could see his short, squat figure bobbing about
in the distance as he made his way back to his train. Well, we are well down Channel now. There's the last
bell for letters, and it's goodbye to the pilot. We'll be "down, hulldown, on the old trail" from now on. God
bless all we leave behind us, and send us safely back.
CHAPTER VII. "Tomorrow we Disappear into the Unknown"
I will not bore those whom this narrative may reach by an account of our luxurious voyage upon the Booth
liner, nor will I tell of our week's stay at Para (save that I should wish to acknowledge the great kindness of
the Pereira da Pinta Company in helping us to get together our equipment). I will also allude very briefly to
our river journey, up a wide, slowmoving, claytinted stream, in a steamer which was little smaller than that
which had carried us across the Atlantic. Eventually we found ourselves through the narrows of Obidos and
reached the town of Manaos. Here we were rescued from the limited attractions of the local inn by Mr.
Shortman, the representative of the British and Brazilian Trading Company. In his hospital Fazenda we spent
our time until the day when we were empowered to open the letter of instructions given to us by Professor
Challenger. Before I reach the surprising events of that date I would desire to give a clearer sketch of my
comrades in this enterprise, and of the associates whom we had already gathered together in South America. I
speak freely, and I leave the use of my material to your own discretion, Mr. McArdle, since it is through your
hands that this report must pass before it reaches the world.
The scientific attainments of Professor Summerlee are too well known for me to trouble to recapitulate them.
He is better equipped for a rough expedition of this sort than one would imagine at first sight. His tall, gaunt,
stringy figure is insensible to fatigue, and his dry, halfsarcastic, and often wholly unsympathetic manner is
uninfluenced by any change in his surroundings. Though in his sixtysixth year, I have never heard him
express any dissatisfaction at the occasional hardships which we have had to encounter. I had regarded his
presence as an encumbrance to the expedition, but, as a matter of fact, I am now well convinced that his
power of endurance is as great as my own. In temper he is naturally acid and sceptical. From the beginning he
has never concealed his belief that Professor Challenger is an absolute fraud, that we are all embarked upon
an absurd wildgoose chase and that we are likely to reap nothing but disappointment and danger in South
America, and corresponding ridicule in England. Such are the views which, with much passionate distortion
of his thin features and wagging of his thin, goatlike beard, he poured into our ears all the way from
Southampton to Manaos. Since landing from the boat he has obtained some consolation from the beauty and
variety of the insect and bird life around him, for he is absolutely wholehearted in his devotion to science.
He spends his days flitting through the woods with his shotgun and his butterflynet, and his evenings in
mounting the many specimens he has acquired. Among his minor peculiarities are that he is careless as to his
attire, unclean in his person, exceedingly absentminded in his habits, and addicted to smoking a short briar
pipe, which is seldom out of his mouth. He has been upon several scientific expeditions in his youth (he was
with Robertson in Papua), and the life of the camp and the canoe is nothing fresh to him.
Lord John Roxton has some points in common with Professor Summerlee, and others in which they are the
very antithesis to each other. He is twenty years younger, but has something of the same spare, scraggy
physique. As to his appearance, I have, as I recollect, described it in that portion of my narrative which I have
left behind me in London. He is exceedingly neat and prim in his ways, dresses always with great care in
white drill suits and high brown mosquitoboots, and shaves at least once a day. Like most men of action, he
is laconic in speech, and sinks readily into his own thoughts, but he is always quick to answer a question or
join in a conversation, talking in a queer, jerky, halfhumorous fashion. His knowledge of the world, and
very especially of South America, is surprising, and he has a wholehearted belief in the possibilities of our
The Lost World
The Lost World 36
Page No 39
journey which is not to be dashed by the sneers of Professor Summerlee. He has a gentle voice and a quiet
manner, but behind his twinkling blue eyes there lurks a capacity for furious wrath and implacable resolution,
the more dangerous because they are held in leash. He spoke little of his own exploits in Brazil and Peru, but
it was a revelation to me to find the excitement which was caused by his presence among the riverine natives,
who looked upon him as their champion and protector. The exploits of the Red Chief, as they called him, had
become legends among them, but the real facts, as far as I could learn them, were amazing enough.
These were that Lord John had found himself some years before in that noman'sland which is formed by
the halfdefined frontiers between Peru, Brazil, and Columbia. In this great district the wild rubber tree
flourishes, and has become, as in the Congo, a curse to the natives which can only be compared to their
forced labor under the Spaniards upon the old silver mines of Darien. A handful of villainous halfbreeds
dominated the country, armed such Indians as would support them, and turned the rest into slaves, terrorizing
them with the most inhuman tortures in order to force them to gather the indiarubber, which was then
floated down the river to Para. Lord John Roxton expostulated on behalf of the wretched victims, and
received nothing but threats and insults for his pains. He then formally declared war against Pedro Lopez, the
leader of the slavedrivers, enrolled a band of runaway slaves in his service, armed them, and conducted a
campaign, which ended by his killing with his own hands the notorious halfbreed and breaking down the
system which he represented.
No wonder that the gingerheaded man with the silky voice and the free and easy manners was now looked
upon with deep interest upon the banks of the great South American river, though the feelings he inspired
were naturally mixed, since the gratitude of the natives was equaled by the resentment of those who desired
to exploit them. One useful result of his former experiences was that he could talk fluently in the Lingoa
Geral, which is the peculiar talk, onethird Portuguese and twothirds Indian, which is current all over
Brazil.
I have said before that Lord John Roxton was a South Americomaniac. He could not speak of that great
country without ardor, and this ardor was infectious, for, ignorant as I was, he fixed my attention and
stimulated my curiosity. How I wish I could reproduce the glamour of his discourses, the peculiar mixture of
accurate knowledge and of racy imagination which gave them their fascination, until even the Professor's
cynical and sceptical smile would gradually vanish from his thin face as he listened. He would tell the history
of the mighty river so rapidly explored (for some of the first conquerors of Peru actually crossed the entire
continent upon its waters), and yet so unknown in regard to all that lay behind its everchanging banks.
"What is there?" he would cry, pointing to the north. "Wood and marsh and unpenetrated jungle. Who knows
what it may shelter? And there to the south? A wilderness of swampy forest, where no white man has ever
been. The unknown is up against us on every side. Outside the narrow lines of the rivers what does anyone
know? Who will say what is possible in such a country? Why should old man Challenger not be right?" At
which direct defiance the stubborn sneer would reappear upon Professor Summerlee's face, and he would sit,
shaking his sardonic head in unsympathetic silence, behind the cloud of his briarroot pipe.
So much, for the moment, for my two white companions, whose characters and limitations will be further
exposed, as surely as my own, as this narrative proceeds. But already we have enrolled certain retainers who
may play no small part in what is to come. The first is a gigantic negro named Zambo, who is a black
Hercules, as willing as any horse, and about as intelligent. Him we enlisted at Para, on the recommendation
of the steamship company, on whose vessels he had learned to speak a halting English.
It was at Para also that we engaged Gomez and Manuel, two halfbreeds from up the river, just come down
with a cargo of redwood. They were swarthy fellows, bearded and fierce, as active and wiry as panthers. Both
of them had spent their lives in those upper waters of the Amazon which we were about to explore, and it was
this recommendation which had caused Lord John to engage them. One of them, Gomez, had the further
The Lost World
The Lost World 37
Page No 40
advantage that he could speak excellent English. These men were willing to act as our personal servants, to
cook, to row, or to make themselves useful in any way at a payment of fifteen dollars a month. Besides these,
we had engaged three Mojo Indians from Bolivia, who are the most skilful at fishing and boat work of all the
river tribes. The chief of these we called Mojo, after his tribe, and the others are known as Jose and Fernando.
Three white men, then, two halfbreeds, one negro, and three Indians made up the personnel of the little
expedition which lay waiting for its instructions at Manaos before starting upon its singular quest.
At last, after a weary week, the day had come and the hour. I ask you to picture the shaded sittingroom of
the Fazenda St. Ignatio, two miles inland from the town of Manaos. Outside lay the yellow, brassy glare of
the sunshine, with the shadows of the palm trees as black and definite as the trees themselves. The air was
calm, full of the eternal hum of insects, a tropical chorus of many octaves, from the deep drone of the bee to
the high, keen pipe of the mosquito. Beyond the veranda was a small cleared garden, bounded with cactus
hedges and adorned with clumps of flowering shrubs, round which the great blue butterflies and the tiny
hummingbirds fluttered and darted in crescents of sparkling light. Within we were seated round the cane
table, on which lay a sealed envelope. Inscribed upon it, in the jagged handwriting of Professor Challenger,
were the words:
"Instructions to Lord John Roxton and party. To be opened at Manaos upon July 15th, at 12 o'clock
precisely."
Lord John had placed his watch upon the table beside him.
"We have seven more minutes," said he. "The old dear is very precise."
Professor Summerlee gave an acid smile as he picked up the envelope in his gaunt hand.
"What can it possibly matter whether we open it now or in seven minutes?" said he. "It is all part and parcel
of the same system of quackery and nonsense, for which I regret to say that the writer is notorious."
"Oh, come, we must play the game accordin' to rules," said Lord John. "It's old man Challenger's show and
we are here by his good will, so it would be rotten bad form if we didn't follow his instructions to the letter."
"A pretty business it is!" cried the Professor, bitterly. "It struck me as preposterous in London, but I'm bound
to say that it seems even more so upon closer acquaintance. I don't know what is inside this envelope, but,
unless it is something pretty definite, I shall be much tempted to take the next downriver boat and catch the
Bolivia at Para. After all, I have some more responsible work in the world than to run about disproving the
assertions of a lunatic. Now, Roxton, surely it is time."
"Time it is," said Lord John. "You can blow the whistle." He took up the envelope and cut it with his
penknife. From it he drew a folded sheet of paper. This he carefully opened out and flattened on the table. It
was a blank sheet. He turned it over. Again it was blank. We looked at each other in a bewildered silence,
which was broken by a discordant burst of derisive laughter from Professor Summerlee.
"It is an open admission," he cried. "What more do you want? The fellow is a selfconfessed humbug. We
have only to return home and report him as the brazen imposter that he is."
"Invisible ink!" I suggested.
"I don't think!" said Lord Roxton, holding the paper to the light. "No, young fellah my lad, there is no use
deceiving yourself. I'll go bail for it that nothing has ever been written upon this paper."
The Lost World
The Lost World 38
Page No 41
"May I come in?" boomed a voice from the veranda.
The shadow of a squat figure had stolen across the patch of sunlight. That voice! That monstrous breadth of
shoulder! We sprang to our feet with a gasp of astonishment as Challenger, in a round, boyish strawhat with
a colored ribbonChallenger, with his hands in his jacketpockets and his canvas shoes daintily pointing as
he walked appeared in the open space before us. He threw back his head, and there he stood in the golden
glow with all his old Assyrian luxuriance of beard, all his native insolence of drooping eyelids and intolerant
eyes.
"I fear," said he, taking out his watch, "that I am a few minutes too late. When I gave you this envelope I
must confess that I had never intended that you should open it, for it had been my fixed intention to be with
you before the hour. The unfortunate delay can be apportioned between a blundering pilot and an intrusive
sandbank. I fear that it has given my colleague, Professor Summerlee, occasion to blaspheme."
"I am bound to say, sir," said Lord John, with some sternness of voice, "that your turning up is a considerable
relief to us, for our mission seemed to have come to a premature end. Even now I can't for the life of me
understand why you should have worked it in so extraordinary a manner."
Instead of answering, Professor Challenger entered, shook hands with myself and Lord John, bowed with
ponderous insolence to Professor Summerlee, and sank back into a basketchair, which creaked and swayed
beneath his weight.
"Is all ready for your journey?" he asked.
"We can start tomorrow."
"Then so you shall. You need no chart of directions now, since you will have the inestimable advantage of
my own guidance. From the first I had determined that I would myself preside over your investigation. The
most elaborate charts would, as you will readily admit, be a poor substitute for my own intelligence and
advice. As to the small ruse which I played upon you in the matter of the envelope, it is clear that, had I told
you all my intentions, I should have been forced to resist unwelcome pressure to travel out with you."
"Not from me, sir!" exclaimed Professor Summerlee, heartily. "So long as there was another ship upon the
Atlantic."
Challenger waved him away with his great hairy hand.
"Your common sense will, I am sure, sustain my objection and realize that it was better that I should direct
my own movements and appear only at the exact moment when my presence was needed. That moment has
now arrived. You are in safe hands. You will not now fail to reach your destination. From henceforth I take
command of this expedition, and I must ask you to complete your preparations tonight, so that we may be
able to make an early start in the morning. My time is of value, and the same thing may be said, no doubt, in
a lesser degree of your own. I propose, therefore, that we push on as rapidly as possible, until I have
demonstrated what you have come to see."
Lord John Roxton has chartered a large steam launch, the Esmeralda, which was to carry us up the river. So
far as climate goes, it was immaterial what time we chose for our expedition, as the temperature ranges from
seventyfive to ninety degrees both summer and winter, with no appreciable difference in heat. In moisture,
however, it is otherwise; from December to May is the period of the rains, and during this time the river
slowly rises until it attains a height of nearly forty feet above its lowwater mark. It floods the banks, extends
in great lagoons over a monstrous waste of country, and forms a huge district, called locally the Gapo, which
The Lost World
The Lost World 39
Page No 42
is for the most part too marshy for foottravel and too shallow for boating. About June the waters begin to
fall, and are at their lowest at October or November. Thus our expedition was at the time of the dry season,
when the great river and its tributaries were more or less in a normal condition.
The current of the river is a slight one, the drop being not greater than eight inches in a mile. No stream could
be more convenient for navigation, since the prevailing wind is southeast, and sailing boats may make a
continuous progress to the Peruvian frontier, dropping down again with the current. In our own case the
excellent engines of the Esmeralda could disregard the sluggish flow of the stream, and we made as rapid
progress as if we were navigating a stagnant lake. For three days we steamed northwestwards up a stream
which even here, a thousand miles from its mouth, was still so enormous that from its center the two banks
were mere shadows upon the distant skyline. On the fourth day after leaving Manaos we turned into a
tributary which at its mouth was little smaller than the main stream. It narrowed rapidly, however, and after
two more days' steaming we reached an Indian village, where the Professor insisted that we should land, and
that the Esmeralda should be sent back to Manaos. We should soon come upon rapids, he explained, which
would make its further use impossible. He added privately that we were now approaching the door of the
unknown country, and that the fewer whom we took into our confidence the better it would be. To this end
also he made each of us give our word of honor that we would publish or say nothing which would give any
exact clue as to the whereabouts of our travels, while the servants were all solemnly sworn to the same effect.
It is for this reason that I am compelled to be vague in my narrative, and I would warn my readers that in any
map or diagram which I may give the relation of places to each other may be correct, but the points of the
compass are carefully confused, so that in no way can it be taken as an actual guide to the country. Professor
Challenger's reasons for secrecy may be valid or not, but we had no choice but to adopt them, for he was
prepared to abandon the whole expedition rather than modify the conditions upon which he would guide us.
It was August 2nd when we snapped our last link with the outer world by bidding farewell to the Esmeralda.
Since then four days have passed, during which we have engaged two large canoes from the Indians, made of
so light a material (skins over a bamboo framework) that we should be able to carry them round any obstacle.
These we have loaded with all our effects, and have engaged two additional Indians to help us in the
navigation. I understand that they are the very twoAtaca and Ipetu by namewho accompanied Professor
Challenger upon his previous journey. They appeared to be terrified at the prospect of repeating it, but the
chief has patriarchal powers in these countries, and if the bargain is good in his eyes the clansman has little
choice in the matter.
So tomorrow we disappear into the unknown. This account I am transmitting down the river by canoe, and it
may be our last word to those who are interested in our fate. I have, according to our arrangement, addressed
it to you, my dear Mr. McArdle, and I leave it to your discretion to delete, alter, or do what you like with it.
From the assurance of Professor Challenger's mannerand in spite of the continued scepticism of Professor
SummerleeI have no doubt that our leader will make good his statement, and that we are really on the eve
of some most remarkable experiences.
CHAPTER VIII. "The Outlying Pickets of the New World"
Our friends at home may well rejoice with us, for we are at our goal, and up to a point, at least, we have
shown that the statement of Professor Challenger can be verified. We have not, it is true, ascended the
plateau, but it lies before us, and even Professor Summerlee is in a more chastened mood. Not that he will for
an instant admit that his rival could be right, but he is less persistent in his incessant objections, and has sunk
for the most part into an observant silence. I must hark back, however, and continue my narrative from where
I dropped it. We are sending home one of our local Indians who is injured, and I am committing this letter to
his charge, with considerable doubts in my mind as to whether it will ever come to hand.
The Lost World
The Lost World 40
Page No 43
When I wrote last we were about to leave the Indian village where we had been deposited by the Esmeralda. I
have to begin my report by bad news, for the first serious personal trouble (I pass over the incessant
bickerings between the Professors) occurred this evening, and might have had a tragic ending. I have spoken
of our Englishspeaking halfbreed, Gomeza fine worker and a willing fellow, but afflicted, I fancy, with
the vice of curiosity, which is common enough among such men. On the last evening he seems to have hid
himself near the hut in which we were discussing our plans, and, being observed by our huge negro Zambo,
who is as faithful as a dog and has the hatred which all his race bear to the halfbreeds, he was dragged out
and carried into our presence. Gomez whipped out his knife, however, and but for the huge strength of his
captor, which enabled him to disarm him with one hand, he would certainly have stabbed him. The matter has
ended in reprimands, the opponents have been compelled to shake hands, and there is every hope that all will
be well. As to the feuds of the two learned men, they are continuous and bitter. It must be admitted that
Challenger is provocative in the last degree, but Summerlee has an acid tongue, which makes matters worse.
Last night Challenger said that he never cared to walk on the Thames Embankment and look up the river, as it
was always sad to see one's own eventual goal. He is convinced, of course, that he is destined for
Westminster Abbey. Summerlee rejoined, however, with a sour smile, by saying that he understood that
Millbank Prison had been pulled down. Challenger's conceit is too colossal to allow him to be really annoyed.
He only smiled in his beard and repeated "Really! Really!" in the pitying tone one would use to a child.
Indeed, they are children boththe one wizened and cantankerous, the other formidable and overbearing, yet
each with a brain which has put him in the front rank of his scientific age. Brain, character, soulonly as one
sees more of life does one understand how distinct is each.
The very next day we did actually make our start upon this remarkable expedition. We found that all our
possessions fitted very easily into the two canoes, and we divided our personnel, six in each, taking the
obvious precaution in the interests of peace of putting one Professor into each canoe. Personally, I was with
Challenger, who was in a beatific humor, moving about as one in a silent ecstasy and beaming benevolence
from every feature. I have had some experience of him in other moods, however, and shall be the less
surprised when the thunderstorms suddenly come up amidst the sunshine. If it is impossible to be at your
ease, it is equally impossible to be dull in his company, for one is always in a state of halftremulous doubt
as to what sudden turn his formidable temper may take.
For two days we made our way up a goodsized river some hundreds of yards broad, and dark in color, but
transparent, so that one could usually see the bottom. The affluents of the Amazon are, half of them, of this
nature, while the other half are whitish and opaque, the difference depending upon the class of country
through which they have flowed. The dark indicate vegetable decay, while the others point to clayey soil.
Twice we came across rapids, and in each case made a portage of half a mile or so to avoid them. The woods
on either side were primeval, which are more easily penetrated than woods of the second growth, and we had
no great difficulty in carrying our canoes through them. How shall I ever forget the solemn mystery of it? The
height of the trees and the thickness of the boles exceeded anything which I in my townbred life could have
imagined, shooting upwards in magnificent columns until, at an enormous distance above our heads, we
could dimly discern the spot where they threw out their sidebranches into Gothic upward curves which
coalesced to form one great matted roof of verdure, through which only an occasional golden ray of sunshine
shot downwards to trace a thin dazzling line of light amidst the majestic obscurity. As we walked noiselessly
amid the thick, soft carpet of decaying vegetation the hush fell upon our souls which comes upon us in the
twilight of the Abbey, and even Professor Challenger's fullchested notes sank into a whisper. Alone, I
should have been ignorant of the names of these giant growths, but our men of science pointed out the cedars,
the great silk cotton trees, and the redwood trees, with all that profusion of various plants which has made this
continent the chief supplier to the human race of those gifts of Nature which depend upon the vegetable
world, while it is the most backward in those products which come from animal life. Vivid orchids and
wonderful colored lichens smoldered upon the swarthy treetrunks and where a wandering shaft of light fell
full upon the golden allamanda, the scarlet starclusters of the tacsonia, or the rich deep blue of ipomaea, the
effect was as a dream of fairyland. In these great wastes of forest, life, which abhors darkness, struggles ever
The Lost World
The Lost World 41
Page No 44
upwards to the light. Every plant, even the smaller ones, curls and writhes to the green surface, twining itself
round its stronger and taller brethren in the effort. Climbing plants are monstrous and luxuriant, but others
which have never been known to climb elsewhere learn the art as an escape from that somber shadow, so that
the common nettle, the jasmine, and even the jacitara palm tree can be seen circling the stems of the cedars
and striving to reach their crowns. Of animal life there was no movement amid the majestic vaulted aisles
which stretched from us as we walked, but a constant movement far above our heads told of that
multitudinous world of snake and monkey, bird and sloth, which lived in the sunshine, and looked down in
wonder at our tiny, dark, stumbling figures in the obscure depths immeasurably below them. At dawn and at
sunset the howler monkeys screamed together and the parrakeets broke into shrill chatter, but during the hot
hours of the day only the full drone of insects, like the beat of a distant surf, filled the ear, while nothing
moved amid the solemn vistas of stupendous trunks, fading away into the darkness which held us in. Once
some bandylegged, lurching creature, an anteater or a bear, scuttled clumsily amid the shadows. It was the
only sign of earth life which I saw in this great Amazonian forest.
And yet there were indications that even human life itself was not far from us in those mysterious recesses.
On the third day out we were aware of a singular deep throbbing in the air, rhythmic and solemn, coming and
going fitfully throughout the morning. The two boats were paddling within a few yards of each other when
first we heard it, and our Indians remained motionless, as if they had been turned to bronze, listening intently
with expressions of terror upon their faces.
"What is it, then?" I asked.
"Drums," said Lord John, carelessly; "war drums. I have heard them before."
"Yes, sir, war drums," said Gomez, the halfbreed. "Wild Indians, bravos, not mansos; they watch us every
mile of the way; kill us if they can."
"How can they watch us?" I asked, gazing into the dark, motionless void.
The halfbreed shrugged his broad shoulders.
"The Indians know. They have their own way. They watch us. They talk the drum talk to each other. Kill us if
they can."
By the afternoon of that daymy pocket diary shows me that it was Tuesday, August 18that least six or
seven drums were throbbing from various points. Sometimes they beat quickly, sometimes slowly, sometimes
in obvious question and answer, one far to the east breaking out in a high staccato rattle, and being followed
after a pause by a deep roll from the north. There was something indescribably nerveshaking and menacing
in that constant mutter, which seemed to shape itself into the very syllables of the halfbreed, endlessly
repeated, "We will kill you if we can. We will kill you if we can." No one ever moved in the silent woods. All
the peace and soothing of quiet Nature lay in that dark curtain of vegetation, but away from behind there
came ever the one message from our fellowman. "We will kill you if we can," said the men in the east. "We
will kill you if we can," said the men in the north.
All day the drums rumbled and whispered, while their menace reflected itself in the faces of our colored
companions. Even the hardy, swaggering halfbreed seemed cowed. I learned, however, that day once for all
that both Summerlee and Challenger possessed that highest type of bravery, the bravery of the scientific
mind. Theirs was the spirit which upheld Darwin among the gauchos of the Argentine or Wallace among the
headhunters of Malaya. It is decreed by a merciful Nature that the human brain cannot think of two things
simultaneously, so that if it be steeped in curiosity as to science it has no room for merely personal
considerations. All day amid that incessant and mysterious menace our two Professors watched every bird
The Lost World
The Lost World 42
Page No 45
upon the wing, and every shrub upon the bank, with many a sharp wordy contention, when the snarl of
Summerlee came quick upon the deep growl of Challenger, but with no more sense of danger and no more
reference to drumbeating Indians than if they were seated together in the smokingroom of the Royal
Society's Club in St. James's Street. Once only did they condescend to discuss them.
"Miranha or Amajuaca cannibals," said Challenger, jerking his thumb towards the reverberating wood.
"No doubt, sir," Summerlee answered. "Like all such tribes, I shall expect to find them of polysynthetic
speech and of Mongolian type."
"Polysynthetic certainly," said Challenger, indulgently. "I am not aware that any other type of language exists
in this continent, and I have notes of more than a hundred. The Mongolian theory I regard with deep
suspicion."
"I should have thought that even a limited knowledge of comparative anatomy would have helped to verify
it," said Summerlee, bitterly.
Challenger thrust out his aggressive chin until he was all beard and hatrim. "No doubt, sir, a limited
knowledge would have that effect. When one's knowledge is exhaustive, one comes to other conclusions."
They glared at each other in mutual defiance, while all round rose the distant whisper, "We will kill youwe
will kill you if we can."
That night we moored our canoes with heavy stones for anchors in the center of the stream, and made every
preparation for a possible attack. Nothing came, however, and with the dawn we pushed upon our way, the
drumbeating dying out behind us. About three o'clock in the afternoon we came to a very steep rapid, more
than a mile longthe very one in which Professor Challenger had suffered disaster upon his first journey. I
confess that the sight of it consoled me, for it was really the first direct corroboration, slight as it was, of the
truth of his story. The Indians carried first our canoes and then our stores through the brushwood, which is
very thick at this point, while we four whites, our rifles on our shoulders, walked between them and any
danger coming from the woods. Before evening we had successfully passed the rapids, and made our way
some ten miles above them, where we anchored for the night. At this point I reckoned that we had come not
less than a hundred miles up the tributary from the main stream.
It was in the early forenoon of the next day that we made the great departure. Since dawn Professor
Challenger had been acutely uneasy, continually scanning each bank of the river. Suddenly he gave an
exclamation of satisfaction and pointed to a single tree, which projected at a peculiar angle over the side of
the stream.
"What do you make of that?" he asked.
"It is surely an Assai palm," said Summerlee.
"Exactly. It was an Assai palm which I took for my landmark. The secret opening is half a mile onwards upon
the other side of the river. There is no break in the trees. That is the wonder and the mystery of it. There
where you see lightgreen rushes instead of darkgreen undergrowth, there between the great cotton woods,
that is my private gate into the unknown. Push through, and you will understand."
It was indeed a wonderful place. Having reached the spot marked by a line of lightgreen rushes, we poled
out two canoes through them for some hundreds of yards, and eventually emerged into a placid and shallow
stream, running clear and transparent over a sandy bottom. It may have been twenty yards across, and was
banked in on each side by most luxuriant vegetation. No one who had not observed that for a short distance
The Lost World
The Lost World 43
Page No 46
reeds had taken the place of shrubs, could possibly have guessed the existence of such a stream or dreamed of
the fairyland beyond.
For a fairyland it wasthe most wonderful that the imagination of man could conceive. The thick vegetation
met overhead, interlacing into a natural pergola, and through this tunnel of verdure in a golden twilight
flowed the green, pellucid river, beautiful in itself, but marvelous from the strange tints thrown by the vivid
light from above filtered and tempered in its fall. Clear as crystal, motionless as a sheet of glass, green as the
edge of an iceberg, it stretched in front of us under its leafy archway, every stroke of our paddles sending a
thousand ripples across its shining surface. It was a fitting avenue to a land of wonders. All sign of the
Indians had passed away, but animal life was more frequent, and the tameness of the creatures showed that
they knew nothing of the hunter. Fuzzy little blackvelvet monkeys, with snowwhite teeth and gleaming,
mocking eyes, chattered at us as we passed. With a dull, heavy splash an occasional cayman plunged in from
the bank. Once a dark, clumsy tapir stared at us from a gap in the bushes, and then lumbered away through
the forest; once, too, the yellow, sinuous form of a great puma whisked amid the brushwood, and its green,
baleful eyes glared hatred at us over its tawny shoulder. Bird life was abundant, especially the wading birds,
stork, heron, and ibis gathering in little groups, blue, scarlet, and white, upon every log which jutted from the
bank, while beneath us the crystal water was alive with fish of every shape and color.
For three days we made our way up this tunnel of hazy green sunshine. On the longer stretches one could
hardly tell as one looked ahead where the distant green water ended and the distant green archway began. The
deep peace of this strange waterway was unbroken by any sign of man.
"No Indian here. Too much afraid. Curupuri," said Gomez.
"Curupuri is the spirit of the woods," Lord John explained. "It's a name for any kind of devil. The poor
beggars think that there is something fearsome in this direction, and therefore they avoid it."
On the third day it became evident that our journey in the canoes could not last much longer, for the stream
was rapidly growing more shallow. Twice in as many hours we stuck upon the bottom. Finally we pulled the
boats up among the brushwood and spent the night on the bank of the river. In the morning Lord John and I
made our way for a couple of miles through the forest, keeping parallel with the stream; but as it grew ever
shallower we returned and reported, what Professor Challenger had already suspected, that we had reached
the highest point to which the canoes could be brought. We drew them up, therefore, and concealed them
among the bushes, blazing a tree with our axes, so that we should find them again. Then we distributed the
various burdens among usguns, ammunition, food, a tent, blankets, and the restand, shouldering our
packages, we set forth upon the more laborious stage of our journey.
An unfortunate quarrel between our pepperpots marked the outset of our new stage. Challenger had from
the moment of joining us issued directions to the whole party, much to the evident discontent of Summerlee.
Now, upon his assigning some duty to his fellowProfessor (it was only the carrying of an aneroid
barometer), the matter suddenly came to a head.
"May I ask, sir," said Summerlee, with vicious calm, "in what capacity you take it upon yourself to issue
these orders?"
Challenger glared and bristled.
"I do it, Professor Summerlee, as leader of this expedition."
"I am compelled to tell you, sir, that I do not recognize you in that capacity."
The Lost World
The Lost World 44
Page No 47
"Indeed!" Challenger bowed with unwieldy sarcasm. "Perhaps you would define my exact position."
"Yes, sir. You are a man whose veracity is upon trial, and this committee is here to try it. You walk, sir, with
your judges."
"Dear me!" said Challenger, seating himself on the side of one of the canoes. "In that case you will, of course,
go on your way, and I will follow at my leisure. If I am not the leader you cannot expect me to lead."
Thank heaven that there were two sane menLord John Roxton and myselfto prevent the petulance and
folly of our learned Professors from sending us back emptyhanded to London. Such arguing and pleading
and explaining before we could get them mollified! Then at last Summerlee, with his sneer and his pipe,
would move forwards, and Challenger would come rolling and grumbling after. By some good fortune we
discovered about this time that both our savants had the very poorest opinion of Dr. Illingworth of Edinburgh.
Thenceforward that was our one safety, and every strained situation was relieved by our introducing the name
of the Scotch zoologist, when both our Professors would form a temporary alliance and friendship in their
detestation and abuse of this common rival.
Advancing in single file along the bank of the stream, we soon found that it narrowed down to a mere brook,
and finally that it lost itself in a great green morass of spongelike mosses, into which we sank up to our
knees. The place was horribly haunted by clouds of mosquitoes and every form of flying pest, so we were
glad to find solid ground again and to make a circuit among the trees, which enabled us to outflank this
pestilent morass, which droned like an organ in the distance, so loud was it with insect life.
On the second day after leaving our canoes we found that the whole character of the country changed. Our
road was persistently upwards, and as we ascended the woods became thinner and lost their tropical
luxuriance. The huge trees of the alluvial Amazonian plain gave place to the Phoenix and coco palms,
growing in scattered clumps, with thick brushwood between. In the damper hollows the Mauritia palms threw
out their graceful drooping fronds. We traveled entirely by compass, and once or twice there were differences
of opinion between Challenger and the two Indians, when, to quote the Professor's indignant words, the
whole party agreed to "trust the fallacious instincts of undeveloped savages rather than the highest product of
modern European culture." That we were justified in doing so was shown upon the third day, when
Challenger admitted that he recognized several landmarks of his former journey, and in one spot we actually
came upon four fireblackened stones, which must have marked a campingplace.
The road still ascended, and we crossed a rockstudded slope which took two days to traverse. The
vegetation had again changed, and only the vegetable ivory tree remained, with a great profusion of
wonderful orchids, among which I learned to recognize the rare Nuttonia Vexillaria and the glorious pink and
scarlet blossoms of Cattleya and odontoglossum. Occasional brooks with pebbly bottoms and ferndraped
banks gurgled down the shallow gorges in the hill, and offered good campinggrounds every evening on the
banks of some rockstudded pool, where swarms of little bluebacked fish, about the size and shape of
English trout, gave us a delicious supper.
On the ninth day after leaving the canoes, having done, as I reckon, about a hundred and twenty miles, we
began to emerge from the trees, which had grown smaller until they were mere shrubs. Their place was taken
by an immense wilderness of bamboo, which grew so thickly that we could only penetrate it by cutting a
pathway with the machetes and billhooks of the Indians. It took us a long day, traveling from seven in the
morning till eight at night, with only two breaks of one hour each, to get through this obstacle. Anything
more monotonous and wearying could not be imagined, for, even at the most open places, I could not see
more than ten or twelve yards, while usually my vision was limited to the back of Lord John's cotton jacket in
front of me, and to the yellow wall within a foot of me on either side. From above came one thin knifeedge
of sunshine, and fifteen feet over our heads one saw the tops of the reeds swaying against the deep blue sky. I
The Lost World
The Lost World 45
Page No 48
do not know what kind of creatures inhabit such a thicket, but several times we heard the plunging of large,
heavy animals quite close to us. From their sounds Lord John judged them to be some form of wild cattle.
Just as night fell we cleared the belt of bamboos, and at once formed our camp, exhausted by the interminable
day.
Early next morning we were again afoot, and found that the character of the country had changed once again.
Behind us was the wall of bamboo, as definite as if it marked the course of a river. In front was an open plain,
sloping slightly upwards and dotted with clumps of treeferns, the whole curving before us until it ended in a
long, whalebacked ridge. This we reached about midday, only to find a shallow valley beyond, rising once
again into a gentle incline which led to a low, rounded skyline. It was here, while we crossed the first of
these hills, that an incident occurred which may or may not have been important.
Professor Challenger, who with the two local Indians was in the van of the party, stopped suddenly and
pointed excitedly to the right. As he did so we saw, at the distance of a mile or so, something which appeared
to be a huge gray bird flap slowly up from the ground and skim smoothly off, flying very low and straight,
until it was lost among the treeferns.
"Did you see it?" cried Challenger, in exultation. "Summerlee, did you see it?"
His colleague was staring at the spot where the creature had disappeared.
"What do you claim that it was?" he asked.
"To the best of my belief, a pterodactyl."
Summerlee burst into derisive laughter "A pterfiddlestick!" said he. "It was a stork, if ever I saw one."
Challenger was too furious to speak. He simply swung his pack upon his back and continued upon his march.
Lord John came abreast of me, however, and his face was more grave than was his wont. He had his Zeiss
glasses in his hand.
"I focused it before it got over the trees," said he. "I won't undertake to say what it was, but I'll risk my
reputation as a sportsman that it wasn't any bird that ever I clapped eyes on in my life."
So there the matter stands. Are we really just at the edge of the unknown, encountering the outlying pickets of
this lost world of which our leader speaks? I give you the incident as it occurred and you will know as much
as I do. It stands alone, for we saw nothing more which could be called remarkable.
And now, my readers, if ever I have any, I have brought you up the broad river, and through the screen of
rushes, and down the green tunnel, and up the long slope of palm trees, and through the bamboo brake, and
across the plain of treeferns. At last our destination lay in full sight of us. When we had crossed the second
ridge we saw before us an irregular, palmstudded plain, and then the line of high red cliffs which I have
seen in the picture. There it lies, even as I write, and there can be no question that it is the same. At the
nearest point it is about seven miles from our present camp, and it curves away, stretching as far as I can see.
Challenger struts about like a prize peacock, and Summerlee is silent, but still sceptical. Another day should
bring some of our doubts to an end. Meanwhile, as Jose, whose arm was pierced by a broken bamboo, insists
upon returning, I send this letter back in his charge, and only hope that it may eventually come to hand. I will
write again as the occasion serves. I have enclosed with this a rough chart of our journey, which may have the
effect of making the account rather easier to understand.
CHAPTER IX. "Who could have Foreseen it?"
The Lost World
The Lost World 46
Page No 49
A dreadful thing has happened to us. Who could have foreseen it? I cannot foresee any end to our troubles. It
may be that we are condemned to spend our whole lives in this strange, inaccessible place. I am still so
confused that I can hardly think clearly of the facts of the present or of the chances of the future. To my
astounded senses the one seems most terrible and the other as black as night.
No men have ever found themselves in a worse position; nor is there any use in disclosing to you our exact
geographical situation and asking our friends for a relief party. Even if they could send one, our fate will in
all human probability be decided long before it could arrive in South America.
We are, in truth, as far from any human aid as if we were in the moon. If we are to win through, it is only our
own qualities which can save us. I have as companions three remarkable men, men of great brainpower and
of unshaken courage. There lies our one and only hope. It is only when I look upon the untroubled faces of
my comrades that I see some glimmer through the darkness. Outwardly I trust that I appear as unconcerned as
they. Inwardly I am filled with apprehension.
Let me give you, with as much detail as I can, the sequence of events which have led us to this catastrophe.
When I finished my last letter I stated that we were within seven miles from an enormous line of ruddy cliffs,
which encircled, beyond all doubt, the plateau of which Professor Challenger spoke. Their height, as we
approached them, seemed to me in some places to be greater than he had statedrunning up in parts to at
least a thousand feetand they were curiously striated, in a manner which is, I believe, characteristic of
basaltic upheavals. Something of the sort is to be seen in Salisbury Crags at Edinburgh. The summit showed
every sign of a luxuriant vegetation, with bushes near the edge, and farther back many high trees. There was
no indication of any life that we could see.
That night we pitched our camp immediately under the cliffa most wild and desolate spot. The crags above
us were not merely perpendicular, but curved outwards at the top, so that ascent was out of the question.
Close to us was the high thin pinnacle of rock which I believe I mentioned earlier in this narrative. It is like a
broad red church spire, the top of it being level with the plateau, but a great chasm gaping between. On the
summit of it there grew one high tree. Both pinnacle and cliff were comparatively lowsome five or six
hundred feet, I should think.
"It was on that," said Professor Challenger, pointing to this tree, "that the pterodactyl was perched. I climbed
halfway up the rock before I shot him. I am inclined to think that a good mountaineer like myself could
ascend the rock to the top, though he would, of course, be no nearer to the plateau when he had done so."
As Challenger spoke of his pterodactyl I glanced at Professor Summerlee, and for the first time I seemed to
see some signs of a dawning credulity and repentance. There was no sneer upon his thin lips, but, on the
contrary, a gray, drawn look of excitement and amazement. Challenger saw it, too, and reveled in the first
taste of victory.
"Of course," said he, with his clumsy and ponderous sarcasm, "Professor Summerlee will understand that
when I speak of a pterodactyl I mean a storkonly it is the kind of stork which has no feathers, a leathery
skin, membranous wings, and teeth in its jaws." He grinned and blinked and bowed until his colleague turned
and walked away.
In the morning, after a frugal breakfast of coffee and maniocwe had to be economical of our storeswe
held a council of war as to the best method of ascending to the plateau above us.
Challenger presided with a solemnity as if he were the Lord Chief Justice on the Bench. Picture him seated
upon a rock, his absurd boyish straw hat tilted on the back of his head, his supercilious eyes dominating us
The Lost World
The Lost World 47
Page No 50
from under his drooping lids, his great black beard wagging as he slowly defined our present situation and
our future movements.
Beneath him you might have seen the three of usmyself, sunburnt, young, and vigorous after our openair
tramp; Summerlee, solemn but still critical, behind his eternal pipe; Lord John, as keen as a razoredge, with
his supple, alert figure leaning upon his rifle, and his eager eyes fixed eagerly upon the speaker. Behind us
were grouped the two swarthy halfbreeds and the little knot of Indians, while in front and above us towered
those huge, ruddy ribs of rocks which kept us from our goal.
"I need not say," said our leader, "that on the occasion of my last visit I exhausted every means of climbing
the cliff, and where I failed I do not think that anyone else is likely to succeed, for I am something of a
mountaineer. I had none of the appliances of a rockclimber with me, but I have taken the precaution to bring
them now. With their aid I am positive I could climb that detached pinnacle to the summit; but so long as the
main cliff overhangs, it is vain to attempt ascending that. I was hurried upon my last visit by the approach of
the rainy season and by the exhaustion of my supplies. These considerations limited my time, and I can only
claim that I have surveyed about six miles of the cliff to the east of us, finding no possible way up. What,
then, shall we now do?"
"There seems to be only one reasonable course," said Professor Summerlee. "If you have explored the east,
we should travel along the base of the cliff to the west, and seek for a practicable point for our ascent."
"That's it," said Lord John. "The odds are that this plateau is of no great size, and we shall travel round it until
we either find an easy way up it, or come back to the point from which we started."
"I have already explained to our young friend here," said Challenger (he has a way of alluding to me as if I
were a school child ten years old), "that it is quite impossible that there should be an easy way up anywhere,
for the simple reason that if there were the summit would not be isolated, and those conditions would not
obtain which have effected so singular an interference with the general laws of survival. Yet I admit that there
may very well be places where an expert human climber may reach the summit, and yet a cumbrous and
heavy animal be unable to descend. It is certain that there is a point where an ascent is possible."
"How do you know that, sir?" asked Summerlee, sharply.
"Because my predecessor, the American Maple White, actually made such an ascent. How otherwise could he
have seen the monster which he sketched in his notebook?"
"There you reason somewhat ahead of the proved facts," said the stubborn Summerlee. "I admit your plateau,
because I have seen it; but I have not as yet satisfied myself that it contains any form of life whatever."
"What you admit, sir, or what you do not admit, is really of inconceivably small importance. I am glad to
perceive that the plateau itself has actually obtruded itself upon your intelligence." He glanced up at it, and
then, to our amazement, he sprang from his rock, and, seizing Summerlee by the neck, he tilted his face into
the air. "Now sir!" he shouted, hoarse with excitement. "Do I help you to realize that the plateau contains
some animal life?"
I have said that a thick fringe of green overhung the edge of the cliff. Out of this there had emerged a black,
glistening object. As it came slowly forth and overhung the chasm, we saw that it was a very large snake with
a peculiar flat, spadelike head. It wavered and quivered above us for a minute, the morning sun gleaming
upon its sleek, sinuous coils. Then it slowly drew inwards and disappeared.
The Lost World
The Lost World 48
Page No 51
Summerlee had been so interested that he had stood unresisting while Challenger tilted his head into the air.
Now he shook his colleague off and came back to his dignity.
"I should be glad, Professor Challenger," said he, "if you could see your way to make any remarks which may
occur to you without seizing me by the chin. Even the appearance of a very ordinary rock python does not
appear to justify such a liberty."
"But there is life upon the plateau all the same," his colleague replied in triumph. "And now, having
demonstrated this important conclusion so that it is clear to anyone, however prejudiced or obtuse, I am of
opinion that we cannot do better than break up our camp and travel to westward until we find some means of
ascent."
The ground at the foot of the cliff was rocky and broken so that the going was slow and difficult. Suddenly
we came, however, upon something which cheered our hearts. It was the site of an old encampment, with
several empty Chicago meat tins, a bottle labeled "Brandy," a broken tinopener, and a quantity of other
travelers' debris. A crumpled, disintegrated newspaper revealed itself as the Chicago Democrat, though the
date had been obliterated.
"Not mine," said Challenger. "It must be Maple White's."
Lord John had been gazing curiously at a great treefern which overshadowed the encampment. "I say, look
at this," said he. "I believe it is meant for a signpost."
A slip of hard wood had been nailed to the tree in such a way as to point to the westward.
"Most certainly a signpost," said Challenger. "What else? Finding himself upon a dangerous errand, our
pioneer has left this sign so that any party which follows him may know the way he has taken. Perhaps we
shall come upon some other indications as we proceed."
We did indeed, but they were of a terrible and most unexpected nature. Immediately beneath the cliff there
grew a considerable patch of high bamboo, like that which we had traversed in our journey. Many of these
stems were twenty feet high, with sharp, strong tops, so that even as they stood they made formidable spears.
We were passing along the edge of this cover when my eye was caught by the gleam of something white
within it. Thrusting in my head between the stems, I found myself gazing at a fleshless skull. The whole
skeleton was there, but the skull had detached itself and lay some feet nearer to the open.
With a few blows from the machetes of our Indians we cleared the spot and were able to study the details of
this old tragedy. Only a few shreds of clothes could still be distinguished, but there were the remains of boots
upon the bony feet, and it was very clear that the dead man was a European. A gold watch by Hudson, of
New York, and a chain which held a stylographic pen, lay among the bones. There was also a silver
cigarettecase, with "J. C., from A. E. S.," upon the lid. The state of the metal seemed to show that the
catastrophe had occurred no great time before.
"Who can he be?" asked Lord John. "Poor devil! every bone in his body seems to be broken."
"And the bamboo grows through his smashed ribs," said Summerlee. "It is a fastgrowing plant, but it is
surely inconceivable that this body could have been here while the canes grew to be twenty feet in length."
"As to the man's identity," said Professor Challenger, "I have no doubt whatever upon that point. As I made
my way up the river before I reached you at the fazenda I instituted very particular inquiries about Maple
White. At Para they knew nothing. Fortunately, I had a definite clew, for there was a particular picture in his
The Lost World
The Lost World 49
Page No 52
sketchbook which showed him taking lunch with a certain ecclesiastic at Rosario. This priest I was able to
find, and though he proved a very argumentative fellow, who took it absurdly amiss that I should point out to
him the corrosive effect which modern science must have upon his beliefs, he none the less gave me some
positive information. Maple White passed Rosario four years ago, or two years before I saw his dead body.
He was not alone at the time, but there was a friend, an American named James Colver, who remained in the
boat and did not meet this ecclesiastic. I think, therefore, that there can be no doubt that we are now looking
upon the remains of this James Colver."
"Nor," said Lord John, "is there much doubt as to how he met his death. He has fallen or been chucked from
the top, and so been impaled. How else could he come by his broken bones, and how could he have been
stuck through by these canes with their points so high above our heads?"
A hush came over us as we stood round these shattered remains and realized the truth of Lord John Roxton's
words. The beetling head of the cliff projected over the canebrake. Undoubtedly he had fallen from above.
But had he fallen? Had it been an accident? Oralready ominous and terrible possibilities began to form
round that unknown land.
We moved off in silence, and continued to coast round the line of cliffs, which were as even and unbroken as
some of those monstrous Antarctic icefields which I have seen depicted as stretching from horizon to
horizon and towering high above the mastheads of the exploring vessel.
In five miles we saw no rift or break. And then suddenly we perceived something which filled us with new
hope. In a hollow of the rock, protected from rain, there was drawn a rough arrow in chalk, pointing still to
the westwards.
"Maple White again," said Professor Challenger. "He had some presentiment that worthy footsteps would
follow close behind him."
"He had chalk, then?"
"A box of colored chalks was among the effects I found in his knapsack. I remember that the white one was
worn to a stump."
"That is certainly good evidence," said Summerlee. "We can only accept his guidance and follow on to the
westward."
We had proceeded some five more miles when again we saw a white arrow upon the rocks. It was at a point
where the face of the cliff was for the first time split into a narrow cleft. Inside the cleft was a second
guidance mark, which pointed right up it with the tip somewhat elevated, as if the spot indicated were above
the level of the ground.
It was a solemn place, for the walls were so gigantic and the slit of blue sky so narrow and so obscured by a
double fringe of verdure, that only a dim and shadowy light penetrated to the bottom. We had had no food for
many hours, and were very weary with the stony and irregular journey, but our nerves were too strung to
allow us to halt. We ordered the camp to be pitched, however, and, leaving the Indians to arrange it, we four,
with the two halfbreeds, proceeded up the narrow gorge.
It was not more than forty feet across at the mouth, but it rapidly closed until it ended in an acute angle, too
straight and smooth for an ascent. Certainly it was not this which our pioneer had attempted to indicate. We
made our way backthe whole gorge was not more than a quarter of a mile deepand then suddenly the
quick eyes of Lord John fell upon what we were seeking. High up above our heads, amid the dark shadows,
The Lost World
The Lost World 50
Page No 53
there was one circle of deeper gloom. Surely it could only be the opening of a cave.
The base of the cliff was heaped with loose stones at the spot, and it was not difficult to clamber up. When
we reached it, all doubt was removed. Not only was it an opening into the rock, but on the side of it there was
marked once again the sign of the arrow. Here was the point, and this the means by which Maple White and
his illfated comrade had made their ascent.
We were too excited to return to the camp, but must make our first exploration at once. Lord John had an
electric torch in his knapsack, and this had to serve us as light. He advanced, throwing his little clear circlet of
yellow radiance before him, while in single file we followed at his heels.
The cave had evidently been waterworn, the sides being smooth and the floor covered with rounded stones.
It was of such a size that a single man could just fit through by stooping. For fifty yards it ran almost straight
into the rock, and then it ascended at an angle of fortyfive. Presently this incline became even steeper, and
we found ourselves climbing upon hands and knees among loose rubble which slid from beneath us.
Suddenly an exclamation broke from Lord Roxton.
"It's blocked!" said he.
Clustering behind him we saw in the yellow field of light a wall of broken basalt which extended to the
ceiling.
"The roof has fallen in!"
In vain we dragged out some of the pieces. The only effect was that the larger ones became detached and
threatened to roll down the gradient and crush us. It was evident that the obstacle was far beyond any efforts
which we could make to remove it. The road by which Maple White had ascended was no longer available.
Too much cast down to speak, we stumbled down the dark tunnel and made our way back to the camp.
One incident occurred, however, before we left the gorge, which is of importance in view of what came
afterwards.
We had gathered in a little group at the bottom of the chasm, some forty feet beneath the mouth of the cave,
when a huge rock rolled suddenly downwardsand shot past us with tremendous force. It was the narrowest
escape for one or all of us. We could not ourselves see whence the rock had come, but our halfbreed
servants, who were still at the opening of the cave, said that it had flown past them, and must therefore have
fallen from the summit. Looking upwards, we could see no sign of movement above us amidst the green
jungle which topped the cliff. There could be little doubt, however, that the stone was aimed at us, so the
incident surely pointed to humanityand malevolent humanityupon the plateau.
We withdrew hurriedly from the chasm, our minds full of this new development and its bearing upon our
plans. The situation was difficult enough before, but if the obstructions of Nature were increased by the
deliberate opposition of man, then our case was indeed a hopeless one. And yet, as we looked up at that
beautiful fringe of verdure only a few hundreds of feet above our heads, there was not one of us who could
conceive the idea of returning to London until we had explored it to its depths.
On discussing the situation, we determined that our best course was to continue to coast round the plateau in
the hope of finding some other means of reaching the top. The line of cliffs, which had decreased
considerably in height, had already begun to trend from west to north, and if we could take this as
representing the arc of a circle, the whole circumference could not be very great. At the worst, then, we
The Lost World
The Lost World 51
Page No 54
should be back in a few days at our startingpoint.
We made a march that day which totaled some twoandtwenty miles, without any change in our prospects. I
may mention that our aneroid shows us that in the continual incline which we have ascended since we
abandoned our canoes we have risen to no less than three thousand feet above sealevel. Hence there is a
considerable change both in the temperature and in the vegetation. We have shaken off some of that horrible
insect life which is the bane of tropical travel. A few palms still survive, and many treeferns, but the
Amazonian trees have been all left behind. It was pleasant to see the convolvulus, the passionflower, and the
begonia, all reminding me of home, here among these inhospitable rocks. There was a red begonia just the
same color as one that is kept in a pot in the window of a certain villa in Streathambut I am drifting into
private reminiscence.
That nightI am still speaking of the first day of our circumnavigation of the plateaua great experience
awaited us, and one which for ever set at rest any doubt which we could have had as to the wonders so near
us.
You will realize as you read it, my dear Mr. McArdle, and possibly for the first time that the paper has not
sent me on a wildgoose chase, and that there is inconceivably fine copy waiting for the world whenever we
have the Professor's leave to make use of it. I shall not dare to publish these articles unless I can bring back
my proofs to England, or I shall be hailed as the journalistic Munchausen of all time. I have no doubt that you
feel the same way yourself, and that you would not care to stake the whole credit of the Gazette upon this
adventure until we can meet the chorus of criticism and scepticism which such articles must of necessity
elicit. So this wonderful incident, which would make such a headline for the old paper, must still wait its turn
in the editorial drawer.
And yet it was all over in a flash, and there was no sequel to it, save in our own convictions.
What occurred was this. Lord John had shot an ajoutiwhich is a small, piglike animaland, half of it
having been given to the Indians, we were cooking the other half upon our fire. There is a chill in the air after
dark, and we had all drawn close to the blaze. The night was moonless, but there were some stars, and one
could see for a little distance across the plain. Well, suddenly out of the darkness, out of the night, there
swooped something with a swish like an aeroplane. The whole group of us were covered for an instant by a
canopy of leathery wings, and I had a momentary vision of a long, snakelike neck, a fierce, red, greedy eye,
and a great snapping beak, filled, to my amazement, with little, gleaming teeth. The next instant it was
goneand so was our dinner. A huge black shadow, twenty feet across, skimmed up into the air; for an
instant the monster wings blotted out the stars, and then it vanished over the brow of the cliff above us. We
all sat in amazed silence round the fire, like the heroes of Virgil when the Harpies came down upon them. It
was Summerlee who was the first to speak.
"Professor Challenger," said he, in a solemn voice, which quavered with emotion, "I owe you an apology. Sir,
I am very much in the wrong, and I beg that you will forget what is past."
It was handsomely said, and the two men for the first time shook hands. So much we have gained by this
clear vision of our first pterodactyl. It was worth a stolen supper to bring two such men together.
But if prehistoric life existed upon the plateau it was not superabundant, for we had no further glimpse of it
during the next three days. During this time we traversed a barren and forbidding country, which alternated
between stony desert and desolate marshes full of many wildfowl, upon the north and east of the cliffs.
From that direction the place is really inaccessible, and, were it not for a hardish ledge which runs at the very
base of the precipice, we should have had to turn back. Many times we were up to our waists in the slime and
blubber of an old, semitropical swamp. To make matters worse, the place seemed to be a favorite
The Lost World
The Lost World 52
Page No 55
breedingplace of the Jaracaca snake, the most venomous and aggressive in South America. Again and again
these horrible creatures came writhing and springing towards us across the surface of this putrid bog, and it
was only by keeping our shotguns for ever ready that we could feel safe from them. One funnelshaped
depression in the morass, of a livid green in color from some lichen which festered in it, will always remain
as a nightmare memory in my mind. It seems to have been a special nest of these vermins, and the slopes
were alive with them, all writhing in our direction, for it is a peculiarity of the Jaracaca that he will always
attack man at first sight. There were too many for us to shoot, so we fairly took to our heels and ran until we
were exhausted. I shall always remember as we looked back how far behind we could see the heads and
necks of our horrible pursuers rising and falling amid the reeds. Jaracaca Swamp we named it in the map
which we are constructing.
The cliffs upon the farther side had lost their ruddy tint, being chocolatebrown in color; the vegetation was
more scattered along the top of them, and they had sunk to three or four hundred feet in height, but in no
place did we find any point where they could be ascended. If anything, they were more impossible than at the
first point where we had met them. Their absolute steepness is indicated in the photograph which I took over
the stony desert.
"Surely," said I, as we discussed the situation, "the rain must find its way down somehow. There are bound to
be waterchannels in the rocks."
"Our young friend has glimpses of lucidity," said Professor Challenger, patting me upon the shoulder.
"The rain must go somewhere," I repeated.
"He keeps a firm grip upon actuality. The only drawback is that we have conclusively proved by ocular
demonstration that there are no water channels down the rocks."
"Where, then, does it go?" I persisted.
"I think it may be fairly assumed that if it does not come outwards it must run inwards."
"Then there is a lake in the center."
"So I should suppose."
"It is more than likely that the lake may be an old crater," said Summerlee. "The whole formation is, of
course, highly volcanic. But, however that may be, I should expect to find the surface of the plateau slope
inwards with a considerable sheet of water in the center, which may drain off, by some subterranean channel,
into the marshes of the Jaracaca Swamp."
"Or evaporation might preserve an equilibrium," remarked Challenger, and the two learned men wandered off
into one of their usual scientific arguments, which were as comprehensible as Chinese to the layman.
On the sixth day we completed our first circuit of the cliffs, and found ourselves back at the first camp, beside
the isolated pinnacle of rock. We were a disconsolate party, for nothing could have been more minute than
our investigation, and it was absolutely certain that there was no single point where the most active human
being could possibly hope to scale the cliff. The place which Maple White's chalkmarks had indicated as his
own means of access was now entirely impassable.
What were we to do now? Our stores of provisions, supplemented by our guns, were holding out well, but the
day must come when they would need replenishment. In a couple of months the rains might be expected, and
The Lost World
The Lost World 53
Page No 56
we should be washed out of our camp. The rock was harder than marble, and any attempt at cutting a path for
so great a height was more than our time or resources would admit. No wonder that we looked gloomily at
each other that night, and sought our blankets with hardly a word exchanged. I remember that as I dropped
off to sleep my last recollection was that Challenger was squatting, like a monstrous bullfrog, by the fire, his
huge head in his hands, sunk apparently in the deepest thought, and entirely oblivious to the goodnight
which I wished him.
But it was a very different Challenger who greeted us in the morninga Challenger with contentment and
selfcongratulation shining from his whole person. He faced us as we assembled for breakfast with a
deprecating false modesty in his eyes, as who should say, "I know that I deserve all that you can say, but I
pray you to spare my blushes by not saying it." His beard bristled exultantly, his chest was thrown out, and
his hand was thrust into the front of his jacket. So, in his fancy, may he see himself sometimes, gracing the
vacant pedestal in Trafalgar Square, and adding one more to the horrors of the London streets.
"Eureka!" he cried, his teeth shining through his beard. "Gentlemen, you may congratulate me and we may
congratulate each other. The problem is solved."
"You have found a way up?"
"I venture to think so."
"And where?"
For answer he pointed to the spirelike pinnacle upon our right.
Our facesor mine, at leastfell as we surveyed it. That it could be climbed we had our companion's
assurance. But a horrible abyss lay between it and the plateau.
"We can never get across," I gasped.
"We can at least all reach the summit," said he. "When we are up I may be able to show you that the
resources of an inventive mind are not yet exhausted."
After breakfast we unpacked the bundle in which our leader had brought his climbing accessories. From it he
took a coil of the strongest and lightest rope, a hundred and fifty feet in length, with climbing irons, clamps,
and other devices. Lord John was an experienced mountaineer, and Summerlee had done some rough
climbing at various times, so that I was really the novice at rockwork of the party; but my strength and
activity may have made up for my want of experience.
It was not in reality a very stiff task, though there were moments which made my hair bristle upon my head.
The first half was perfectly easy, but from there upwards it became continually steeper until, for the last fifty
feet, we were literally clinging with our fingers and toes to tiny ledges and crevices in the rock. I could not
have accomplished it, nor could Summerlee, if Challenger had not gained the summit (it was extraordinary to
see such activity in so unwieldy a creature) and there fixed the rope round the trunk of the considerable tree
which grew there. With this as our support, we were soon able to scramble up the jagged wall until we found
ourselves upon the small grassy platform, some twentyfive feet each way, which formed the summit.
The first impression which I received when I had recovered my breath was of the extraordinary view over the
country which we had traversed. The whole Brazilian plain seemed to lie beneath us, extending away and
away until it ended in dim blue mists upon the farthest skyline. In the foreground was the long slope, strewn
with rocks and dotted with treeferns; farther off in the middle distance, looking over the saddleback hill, I
The Lost World
The Lost World 54
Page No 57
could just see the yellow and green mass of bamboos through which we had passed; and then, gradually, the
vegetation increased until it formed the huge forest which extended as far as the eyes could reach, and for a
good two thousand miles beyond.
I was still drinking in this wonderful panorama when the heavy hand of the Professor fell upon my shoulder.
"This way, my young friend," said he; "vestigia nulla retrorsum. Never look rearwards, but always to our
glorious goal."
The level of the plateau, when I turned, was exactly that on which we stood, and the green bank of bushes,
with occasional trees, was so near that it was difficult to realize how inaccessible it remained. At a rough
guess the gulf was forty feet across, but, so far as I could see, it might as well have been forty miles. I placed
one arm round the trunk of the tree and leaned over the abyss. Far down were the small dark figures of our
servants, looking up at us. The wall was absolutely precipitous, as was that which faced me.
"This is indeed curious," said the creaking voice of Professor Summerlee.
I turned, and found that he was examining with great interest the tree to which I clung. That smooth bark and
those small, ribbed leaves seemed familiar to my eyes. "Why," I cried, "it's a beech!"
"Exactly," said Summerlee. "A fellowcountryman in a far land."
"Not only a fellowcountryman, my good sir," said Challenger, "but also, if I may be allowed to enlarge your
simile, an ally of the first value. This beech tree will be our saviour."
"By George!" cried Lord John, "a bridge!"
"Exactly, my friends, a bridge! It is not for nothing that I expended an hour last night in focusing my mind
upon the situation. I have some recollection of once remarking to our young friend here that G. E. C. is at his
best when his back is to the wall. Last night you will admit that all our backs were to the wall. But where
willpower and intellect go together, there is always a way out. A drawbridge had to be found which could
be dropped across the abyss. Behold it!"
It was certainly a brilliant idea. The tree was a good sixty feet in height, and if it only fell the right way it
would easily cross the chasm. Challenger had slung the camp axe over his shoulder when he ascended. Now
he handed it to me.
"Our young friend has the thews and sinews," said he. "I think he will be the most useful at this task. I must
beg, however, that you will kindly refrain from thinking for yourself, and that you will do exactly what you
are told."
Under his direction I cut such gashes in the sides of the trees as would ensure that it should fall as we desired.
It had already a strong, natural tilt in the direction of the plateau, so that the matter was not difficult. Finally I
set to work in earnest upon the trunk, taking turn and turn with Lord John. In a little over an hour there was a
loud crack, the tree swayed forward, and then crashed over, burying its branches among the bushes on the
farther side. The severed trunk rolled to the very edge of our platform, and for one terrible second we all
thought it was over. It balanced itself, however, a few inches from the edge, and there was our bridge to the
unknown.
All of us, without a word, shook hands with Professor Challenger, who raised his straw hat and bowed deeply
to each in turn.
The Lost World
The Lost World 55
Page No 58
"I claim the honor," said he, "to be the first to cross to the unknown landa fitting subject, no doubt, for
some future historical painting."
He had approached the bridge when Lord John laid his hand upon his coat.
"My dear chap," said he, "I really cannot allow it."
"Cannot allow it, sir!" The head went back and the beard forward.
"When it is a matter of science, don't you know, I follow your lead because you are by way of bein' a man of
science. But it's up to you to follow me when you come into my department."
"Your department, sir?"
"We all have our professions, and soldierin' is mine. We are, accordin' to my ideas, invadin' a new country,
which may or may not be chockfull of enemies of sorts. To barge blindly into it for want of a little common
sense and patience isn't my notion of management."
The remonstrance was too reasonable to be disregarded. Challenger tossed his head and shrugged his heavy
shoulders.
"Well, sir, what do you propose?"
"For all I know there may be a tribe of cannibals waitin' for lunchtime among those very bushes," said Lord
John, looking across the bridge. "It's better to learn wisdom before you get into a cookin'pot; so we will
content ourselves with hopin' that there is no trouble waitin' for us, and at the same time we will act as if there
were. Malone and I will go down again, therefore, and we will fetch up the four rifles, together with Gomez
and the other. One man can then go across and the rest will cover him with guns, until he sees that it is safe
for the whole crowd to come along."
Challenger sat down upon the cut stump and groaned his impatience; but Summerlee and I were of one mind
that Lord John was our leader when such practical details were in question. The climb was a more simple
thing now that the rope dangled down the face of the worst part of the ascent. Within an hour we had brought
up the rifles and a shotgun. The halfbreeds had ascended also, and under Lord John's orders they had
carried up a bale of provisions in case our first exploration should be a long one. We had each bandoliers of
cartridges.
"Now, Challenger, if you really insist upon being the first man in," said Lord John, when every preparation
was complete.
"I am much indebted to you for your gracious permission," said the angry Professor; for never was a man so
intolerant of every form of authority. "Since you are good enough to allow it, I shall most certainly take it
upon myself to act as pioneer upon this occasion."
Seating himself with a leg overhanging the abyss on each side, and his hatchet slung upon his back,
Challenger hopped his way across the trunk and was soon at the other side. He clambered up and waved his
arms in the air.
"At last!" he cried; "at last!"
The Lost World
The Lost World 56
Page No 59
I gazed anxiously at him, with a vague expectation that some terrible fate would dart at him from the curtain
of green behind him. But all was quiet, save that a strange, manycolored bird flew up from under his feet and
vanished among the trees.
Summerlee was the second. His wiry energy is wonderful in so frail a frame. He insisted upon having two
rifles slung upon his back, so that both Professors were armed when he had made his transit. I came next, and
tried hard not to look down into the horrible gulf over which I was passing. Summerlee held out the buttend
of his rifle, and an instant later I was able to grasp his hand. As to Lord John, he walked acrossactually
walked without support! He must have nerves of iron.
And there we were, the four of us, upon the dreamland, the lost world, of Maple White. To all of us it seemed
the moment of our supreme triumph. Who could have guessed that it was the prelude to our supreme disaster?
Let me say in a few words how the crushing blow fell upon us.
We had turned away from the edge, and had penetrated about fifty yards of close brushwood, when there
came a frightful rending crash from behind us. With one impulse we rushed back the way that we had come.
The bridge was gone!
Far down at the base of the cliff I saw, as I looked over, a tangled mass of branches and splintered trunk. It
was our beech tree. Had the edge of the platform crumbled and let it through? For a moment this explanation
was in all our minds. The next, from the farther side of the rocky pinnacle before us a swarthy face, the face
of Gomez the halfbreed, was slowly protruded. Yes, it was Gomez, but no longer the Gomez of the demure
smile and the masklike expression. Here was a face with flashing eyes and distorted features, a face
convulsed with hatred and with the mad joy of gratified revenge.
"Lord Roxton!" he shouted. "Lord John Roxton!"
"Well," said our companion, "here I am."
A shriek of laughter came across the abyss.
"Yes, there you are, you English dog, and there you will remain! I have waited and waited, and now has come
my chance. You found it hard to get up; you will find it harder to get down. You cursed fools, you are
trapped, every one of you!"
We were too astounded to speak. We could only stand there staring in amazement. A great broken bough
upon the grass showed whence he had gained his leverage to tilt over our bridge. The face had vanished, but
presently it was up again, more frantic than before.
"We nearly killed you with a stone at the cave," he cried; "but this is better. It is slower and more terrible.
Your bones will whiten up there, and none will know where you lie or come to cover them. As you lie dying,
think of Lopez, whom you shot five years ago on the Putomayo River. I am his brother, and, come what will I
will die happy now, for his memory has been avenged." A furious hand was shaken at us, and then all was
quiet.
Had the halfbreed simply wrought his vengeance and then escaped, all might have been well with him. It
was that foolish, irresistible Latin impulse to be dramatic which brought his own downfall. Roxton, the man
who had earned himself the name of the Flail of the Lord through three countries, was not one who could be
safely taunted. The halfbreed was descending on the farther side of the pinnacle; but before he could reach
the ground Lord John had run along the edge of the plateau and gained a point from which he could see his
man. There was a single crack of his rifle, and, though we saw nothing, we heard the scream and then the
The Lost World
The Lost World 57
Page No 60
distant thud of the falling body. Roxton came back to us with a face of granite.
"I have been a blind simpleton," said he, bitterly, "It's my folly that has brought you all into this trouble. I
should have remembered that these people have long memories for bloodfeuds, and have been more upon
my guard."
"What about the other one? It took two of them to lever that tree over the edge."
"I could have shot him, but I let him go. He may have had no part in it. Perhaps it would have been better if I
had killed him, for he must, as you say, have lent a hand."
Now that we had the clue to his action, each of us could cast back and remember some sinister act upon the
part of the halfbreedhis constant desire to know our plans, his arrest outside our tent when he was
overhearing them, the furtive looks of hatred which from time to time one or other of us had surprised. We
were still discussing it, endeavoring to adjust our minds to these new conditions, when a singular scene in the
plain below arrested our attention.
A man in white clothes, who could only be the surviving halfbreed, was running as one does run when Death
is the pacemaker. Behind him, only a few yards in his rear, bounded the huge ebony figure of Zambo, our
devoted negro. Even as we looked, he sprang upon the back of the fugitive and flung his arms round his neck.
They rolled on the ground together. An instant afterwards Zambo rose, looked at the prostrate man, and then,
waving his hand joyously to us, came running in our direction. The white figure lay motionless in the middle
of the great plain.
Our two traitors had been destroyed, but the mischief that they had done lived after them. By no possible
means could we get back to the pinnacle. We had been natives of the world; now we were natives of the
plateau. The two things were separate and apart. There was the plain which led to the canoes. Yonder, beyond
the violet, hazy horizon, was the stream which led back to civilization. But the link between was missing. No
human ingenuity could suggest a means of bridging the chasm which yawned between ourselves and our past
lives. One instant had altered the whole conditions of our existence.
It was at such a moment that I learned the stuff of which my three comrades were composed. They were
grave, it is true, and thoughtful, but of an invincible serenity. For the moment we could only sit among the
bushes in patience and wait the coming of Zambo. Presently his honest black face topped the rocks and his
Herculean figure emerged upon the top of the pinnacle.
"What I do now?" he cried. "You tell me and I do it."
It was a question which it was easier to ask than to answer. One thing only was clear. He was our one trusty
link with the outside world. On no account must he leave us.
"No no!" he cried. "I not leave you. Whatever come, you always find me here. But no able to keep Indians.
Already they say too much Curupuri live on this place, and they go home. Now you leave them me no able to
keep them."
It was a fact that our Indians had shown in many ways of late that they were weary of their journey and
anxious to return. We realized that Zambo spoke the truth, and that it would be impossible for him to keep
them.
"Make them wait till tomorrow, Zambo," I shouted; "then I can send letter back by them."
The Lost World
The Lost World 58
Page No 61
"Very good, sarr! I promise they wait till tomorrow, said the negro. "But what I do for you now?"
There was plenty for him to do, and admirably the faithful fellow did it. First of all, under our directions, he
undid the rope from the treestump and threw one end of it across to us. It was not thicker than a
clothesline, but it was of great strength, and though we could not make a bridge of it, we might well find it
invaluable if we had any climbing to do. He then fastened his end of the rope to the package of supplies
which had been carried up, and we were able to drag it across. This gave us the means of life for at least a
week, even if we found nothing else. Finally he descended and carried up two other packets of mixed
goodsa box of ammunition and a number of other things, all of which we got across by throwing our rope
to him and hauling it back. It was evening when he at last climbed down, with a final assurance that he would
keep the Indians till next morning.
And so it is that I have spent nearly the whole of this our first night upon the plateau writing up our
experiences by the light of a single candlelantern.
We supped and camped at the very edge of the cliff, quenching our thirst with two bottles of Apollinaris
which were in one of the cases. It is vital to us to find water, but I think even Lord John himself had had
adventures enough for one day, and none of us felt inclined to make the first push into the unknown. We
forbore to light a fire or to make any unnecessary sound.
Tomorrow (or today, rather, for it is already dawn as I write) we shall make our first venture into this
strange land. When I shall be able to write againor if I ever shall write againI know not. Meanwhile, I
can see that the Indians are still in their place, and I am sure that the faithful Zambo will be here presently to
get my letter. I only trust that it will come to hand.
P.S.The more I think the more desperate does our position seem. I see no possible hope of our return. If
there were a high tree near the edge of the plateau we might drop a return bridge across, but there is none
within fifty yards. Our united strength could not carry a trunk which would serve our purpose. The rope, of
course, is far too short that we could descend by it. No, our position is hopelesshopeless!
CHAPTER X. "The most Wonderful Things have Happened"
The most wonderful things have happened and are continually happening to us. All the paper that I possess
consists of five old notebooks and a lot of scraps, and I have only the one stylographic pencil; but so long as
I can move my hand I will continue to set down our experiences and impressions, for, since we are the only
men of the whole human race to see such things, it is of enormous importance that I should record them
whilst they are fresh in my memory and before that fate which seems to be constantly impending does
actually overtake us. Whether Zambo can at last take these letters to the river, or whether I shall myself in
some miraculous way carry them back with me, or, finally, whether some daring explorer, coming upon our
tracks with the advantage, perhaps, of a perfected monoplane, should find this bundle of manuscript, in any
case I can see that what I am writing is destined to immortality as a classic of true adventure.
On the morning after our being trapped upon the plateau by the villainous Gomez we began a new stage in
our experiences. The first incident in it was not such as to give me a very favorable opinion of the place to
which we had wandered. As I roused myself from a short nap after day had dawned, my eyes fell upon a most
singular appearance upon my own leg. My trouser had slipped up, exposing a few inches of my skin above
my sock. On this there rested a large, purplish grape. Astonished at the sight, I leaned forward to pick it off,
when, to my horror, it burst between my finger and thumb, squirting blood in every direction. My cry of
disgust had brought the two professors to my side.
The Lost World
The Lost World 59
Page No 62
"Most interesting," said Summerlee, bending over my shin. "An enormous bloodtick, as yet, I believe,
unclassified."
"The firstfruits of our labors," said Challenger in his booming, pedantic fashion. "We cannot do less than
call it Ixodes Maloni. The very small inconvenience of being bitten, my young friend, cannot, I am sure,
weigh with you as against the glorious privilege of having your name inscribed in the deathless roll of
zoology. Unhappily you have crushed this fine specimen at the moment of satiation."
"Filthy vermin!" I cried.
Professor Challenger raised his great eyebrows in protest, and placed a soothing paw upon my shoulder.
"You should cultivate the scientific eye and the detached scientific mind," said he. "To a man of philosophic
temperament like myself the bloodtick, with its lancetlike proboscis and its distending stomach, is as
beautiful a work of Nature as the peacock or, for that matter, the aurora borealis. It pains me to hear you
speak of it in so unappreciative a fashion. No doubt, with due diligence, we can secure some other specimen."
"There can be no doubt of that," said Summerlee, grimly, "for one has just disappeared behind your
shirtcollar."
Challenger sprang into the air bellowing like a bull, and tore frantically at his coat and shirt to get them off.
Summerlee and I laughed so that we could hardly help him. At last we exposed that monstrous torso
(fiftyfour inches, by the tailor's tape). His body was all matted with black hair, out of which jungle we
picked the wandering tick before it had bitten him. But the bushes round were full of the horrible pests, and it
was clear that we must shift our camp.
But first of all it was necessary to make our arrangements with the faithful negro, who appeared presently on
the pinnacle with a number of tins of cocoa and biscuits, which he tossed over to us. Of the stores which
remained below he was ordered to retain as much as would keep him for two months. The Indians were to
have the remainder as a reward for their services and as payment for taking our letters back to the Amazon.
Some hours later we saw them in single file far out upon the plain, each with a bundle on his head, making
their way back along the path we had come. Zambo occupied our little tent at the base of the pinnacle, and
there he remained, our one link with the world below.
And now we had to decide upon our immediate movements. We shifted our position from among the
tickladen bushes until we came to a small clearing thickly surrounded by trees upon all sides. There were
some flat slabs of rock in the center, with an excellent well close by, and there we sat in cleanly comfort
while we made our first plans for the invasion of this new country. Birds were calling among the
foliageespecially one with a peculiar whooping cry which was new to usbut beyond these sounds there
were no signs of life.
Our first care was to make some sort of list of our own stores, so that we might know what we had to rely
upon. What with the things we had ourselves brought up and those which Zambo had sent across on the rope,
we were fairly well supplied. Most important of all, in view of the dangers which might surround us, we had
our four rifles and one thousand three hundred rounds, also a shotgun, but not more than a hundred and fifty
medium pellet cartridges. In the matter of provisions we had enough to last for several weeks, with a
sufficiency of tobacco and a few scientific implements, including a large telescope and a good fieldglass.
All these things we collected together in the clearing, and as a first precaution, we cut down with our hatchet
and knives a number of thorny bushes, which we piled round in a circle some fifteen yards in diameter. This
was to be our headquarters for the timeour place of refuge against sudden danger and the guardhouse for
our stores. Fort Challenger, we called it.
The Lost World
The Lost World 60
Page No 63
IT was midday before we had made ourselves secure, but the heat was not oppressive, and the general
character of the plateau, both in its temperature and in its vegetation, was almost temperate. The beech, the
oak, and even the birch were to be found among the tangle of trees which girt us in. One huge gingko tree,
topping all the others, shot its great limbs and maidenhair foliage over the fort which we had constructed. In
its shade we continued our discussion, while Lord John, who had quickly taken command in the hour of
action, gave us his views.
"So long as neither man nor beast has seen or heard us, we are safe," said he. "From the time they know we
are here our troubles begin. There are no signs that they have found us out as yet. So our game surely is to lie
low for a time and spy out the land. We want to have a good look at our neighbors before we get on visitin'
terms."
"But we must advance," I ventured to remark.
"By all means, sonny my boy! We will advance. But with common sense. We must never go so far that we
can't get back to our base. Above all, we must never, unless it is life or death, fire off our guns."
"But YOU fired yesterday," said Summerlee.
"Well, it couldn't be helped. However, the wind was strong and blew outwards. It is not likely that the sound
could have traveled far into the plateau. By the way, what shall we call this place? I suppose it is up to us to
give it a name?"
There were several suggestions, more or less happy, but Challenger's was final.
"It can only have one name," said he. "It is called after the pioneer who discovered it. It is Maple White
Land."
Maple White Land it became, and so it is named in that chart which has become my special task. So it will, I
trust, appear in the atlas of the future.
The peaceful penetration of Maple White Land was the pressing subject before us. We had the evidence of
our own eyes that the place was inhabited by some unknown creatures, and there was that of Maple White's
sketchbook to show that more dreadful and more dangerous monsters might still appear. That there might
also prove to be human occupants and that they were of a malevolent character was suggested by the skeleton
impaled upon the bamboos, which could not have got there had it not been dropped from above. Our
situation, stranded without possibility of escape in such a land, was clearly full of danger, and our reasons
endorsed every measure of caution which Lord John's experience could suggest. Yet it was surely impossible
that we should halt on the edge of this world of mystery when our very souls were tingling with impatience to
push forward and to pluck the heart from it.
We therefore blocked the entrance to our zareba by filling it up with several thorny bushes, and left our camp
with the stores entirely surrounded by this protecting hedge. We then slowly and cautiously set forth into the
unknown, following the course of the little stream which flowed from our spring, as it should always serve us
as a guide on our return.
Hardly had we started when we came across signs that there were indeed wonders awaiting us. After a few
hundred yards of thick forest, containing many trees which were quite unknown to me, but which Summerlee,
who was the botanist of the party, recognized as forms of conifera and of cycadaceous plants which have long
passed away in the world below, we entered a region where the stream widened out and formed a
considerable bog. High reeds of a peculiar type grew thickly before us, which were pronounced to be
The Lost World
The Lost World 61
Page No 64
equisetacea, or mare'stails, with treeferns scattered amongst them, all of them swaying in a brisk wind.
Suddenly Lord John, who was walking first, halted with uplifted hand.
"Look at this!" said he. "By George, this must be the trail of the father of all birds!"
An enormous threetoed track was imprinted in the soft mud before us. The creature, whatever it was, had
crossed the swamp and had passed on into the forest. We all stopped to examine that monstrous spoor. If it
were indeed a birdand what animal could leave such a mark? its foot was so much larger than an
ostrich's that its height upon the same scale must be enormous. Lord John looked eagerly round him and
slipped two cartridges into his elephantgun.
"I'll stake my good name as a shikarree," said he, "that the track is a fresh one. The creature has not passed
ten minutes. Look how the water is still oozing into that deeper print! By Jove! See, here is the mark of a
little one!"
Sure enough, smaller tracks of the same general form were running parallel to the large ones.
"But what do you make of this?" cried Professor Summerlee, triumphantly, pointing to what looked like the
huge print of a fivefingered human hand appearing among the threetoed marks.
"Wealden!" cried Challenger, in an ecstasy. "I've seen them in the Wealden clay. It is a creature walking erect
upon threetoed feet, and occasionally putting one of its fivefingered forepaws upon the ground. Not a bird,
my dear Roxtonnot a bird."
"A beast?"
"No; a reptilea dinosaur. Nothing else could have left such a track. They puzzled a worthy Sussex doctor
some ninety years ago; but who in the world could have hopedhopedto have seen a sight like that?"
His words died away into a whisper, and we all stood in motionless amazement. Following the tracks, we had
left the morass and passed through a screen of brushwood and trees. Beyond was an open glade, and in this
were five of the most extraordinary creatures that I have ever seen. Crouching down among the bushes, we
observed them at our leisure.
There were, as I say, five of them, two being adults and three young ones. In size they were enormous. Even
the babies were as big as elephants, while the two large ones were far beyond all creatures I have ever seen.
They had slatecolored skin, which was scaled like a lizard's and shimmered where the sun shone upon it. All
five were sitting up, balancing themselves upon their broad, powerful tails and their huge threetoed
hindfeet, while with their small fivefingered frontfeet they pulled down the branches upon which they
browsed. I do not know that I can bring their appearance home to you better than by saying that they looked
like monstrous kangaroos, twenty feet in length, and with skins like black crocodiles.
I do not know how long we stayed motionless gazing at this marvelous spectacle. A strong wind blew
towards us and we were well concealed, so there was no chance of discovery. From time to time the little
ones played round their parents in unwieldy gambols, the great beasts bounding into the air and falling with
dull thuds upon the earth. The strength of the parents seemed to be limitless, for one of them, having some
difficulty in reaching a bunch of foliage which grew upon a considerablesized tree, put his forelegs round
the trunk and tore it down as if it had been a sapling. The action seemed, as I thought, to show not only the
great development of its muscles, but also the small one of its brain, for the whole weight came crashing
down upon the top of it, and it uttered a series of shrill yelps to show that, big as it was, there was a limit to
what it could endure. The incident made it think, apparently, that the neighborhood was dangerous, for it
The Lost World
The Lost World 62
Page No 65
slowly lurched off through the wood, followed by its mate and its three enormous infants. We saw the
shimmering slaty gleam of their skins between the treetrunks, and their heads undulating high above the
brushwood. Then they vanished from our sight.
I looked at my comrades. Lord John was standing at gaze with his finger on the trigger of his elephantgun,
his eager hunter's soul shining from his fierce eyes. What would he not give for one such head to place
between the two crossed oars above the mantelpiece in his snuggery at the Albany! And yet his reason held
him in, for all our exploration of the wonders of this unknown land depended upon our presence being
concealed from its inhabitants. The two professors were in silent ecstasy. In their excitement they had
unconsciously seized each other by the hand, and stood like two little children in the presence of a marvel,
Challenger's cheeks bunched up into a seraphic smile, and Summerlee's sardonic face softening for the
moment into wonder and reverence.
"Nunc dimittis!" he cried at last. "What will they say in England of this?"
"My dear Summerlee, I will tell you with great confidence exactly what they will say in England," said
Challenger. "They will say that you are an infernal liar and a scientific charlatan, exactly as you and others
said of me."
"In the face of photographs?"
"Faked, Summerlee! Clumsily faked!"
"In the face of specimens?"
"Ah, there we may have them! Malone and his filthy Fleet Street crew may be all yelping our praises yet.
August the twentyeighth the day we saw five live iguanodons in a glade of Maple White Land. Put it
down in your diary, my young friend, and send it to your rag."
"And be ready to get the toeend of the editorial boot in return," said Lord John. "Things look a bit different
from the latitude of London, young fellah my lad. There's many a man who never tells his adventures, for he
can't hope to be believed. Who's to blame them? For this will seem a bit of a dream to ourselves in a month or
two. WHAT did you say they were?"
"Iguanodons," said Summerlee. "You'll find their footmarks all over the Hastings sands, in Kent, and in
Sussex. The South of England was alive with them when there was plenty of good lush greenstuff to keep
them going. Conditions have changed, and the beasts died. Here it seems that the conditions have not
changed, and the beasts have lived."
"If ever we get out of this alive, I must have a head with me," said Lord John. "Lord, how some of that
SomalilandUganda crowd would turn a beautiful peagreen if they saw it! I don't know what you chaps
think, but it strikes me that we are on mighty thin ice all this time."
I had the same feeling of mystery and danger around us. In the gloom of the trees there seemed a constant
menace and as we looked up into their shadowy foliage vague terrors crept into one's heart. It is true that
these monstrous creatures which we had seen were lumbering, inoffensive brutes which were unlikely to hurt
anyone, but in this world of wonders what other survivals might there not bewhat fierce, active horrors
ready to pounce upon us from their lair among the rocks or brushwood? I knew little of prehistoric life, but I
had a clear remembrance of one book which I had read in which it spoke of creatures who would live upon
our lions and tigers as a cat lives upon mice. What if these also were to be found in the woods of Maple
White Land!
The Lost World
The Lost World 63
Page No 66
It was destined that on this very morningour first in the new countrywe were to find out what strange
hazards lay around us. It was a loathsome adventure, and one of which I hate to think. If, as Lord John said,
the glade of the iguanodons will remain with us as a dream, then surely the swamp of the pterodactyls will
forever be our nightmare. Let me set down exactly what occurred.
We passed very slowly through the woods, partly because Lord Roxton acted as scout before he would let us
advance, and partly because at every second step one or other of our professors would fall, with a cry of
wonder, before some flower or insect which presented him with a new type. We may have traveled two or
three miles in all, keeping to the right of the line of the stream, when we came upon a considerable opening in
the trees. A belt of brushwood led up to a tangle of rocksthe whole plateau was strewn with boulders. We
were walking slowly towards these rocks, among bushes which reached over our waists, when we became
aware of a strange low gabbling and whistling sound, which filled the air with a constant clamor and
appeared to come from some spot immediately before us. Lord John held up his hand as a signal for us to
stop, and he made his way swiftly, stooping and running, to the line of rocks. We saw him peep over them
and give a gesture of amazement. Then he stood staring as if forgetting us, so utterly entranced was he by
what he saw. Finally he waved us to come on, holding up his hand as a signal for caution. His whole bearing
made me feel that something wonderful but dangerous lay before us.
Creeping to his side, we looked over the rocks. The place into which we gazed was a pit, and may, in the
early days, have been one of the smaller volcanic blowholes of the plateau. It was bowlshaped and at the
bottom, some hundreds of yards from where we lay, were pools of greenscummed, stagnant water, fringed
with bullrushes. It was a weird place in itself, but its occupants made it seem like a scene from the Seven
Circles of Dante. The place was a rookery of pterodactyls. There were hundreds of them congregated within
view. All the bottom area round the wateredge was alive with their young ones, and with hideous mothers
brooding upon their leathery, yellowish eggs. From this crawling flapping mass of obscene reptilian life came
the shocking clamor which filled the air and the mephitic, horrible, musty odor which turned us sick. But
above, perched each upon its own stone, tall, gray, and withered, more like dead and dried specimens than
actual living creatures, sat the horrible males, absolutely motionless save for the rolling of their red eyes or an
occasional snap of their rattrap beaks as a dragonfly went past them. Their huge, membranous wings were
closed by folding their forearms, so that they sat like gigantic old women, wrapped in hideous webcolored
shawls, and with their ferocious heads protruding above them. Large and small, not less than a thousand of
these filthy creatures lay in the hollow before us.
Our professors would gladly have stayed there all day, so entranced were they by this opportunity of studying
the life of a prehistoric age. They pointed out the fish and dead birds lying about among the rocks as proving
the nature of the food of these creatures, and I heard them congratulating each other on having cleared up the
point why the bones of this flying dragon are found in such great numbers in certain welldefined areas, as in
the Cambridge Greensand, since it was now seen that, like penguins, they lived in gregarious fashion.
Finally, however, Challenger, bent upon proving some point which Summerlee had contested, thrust his head
over the rock and nearly brought destruction upon us all. In an instant the nearest male gave a shrill, whistling
cry, and flapped its twentyfoot span of leathery wings as it soared up into the air. The females and young
ones huddled together beside the water, while the whole circle of sentinels rose one after the other and sailed
off into the sky. It was a wonderful sight to see at least a hundred creatures of such enormous size and
hideous appearance all swooping like swallows with swift, shearing wingstrokes above us; but soon we
realized that it was not one on which we could afford to linger. At first the great brutes flew round in a huge
ring, as if to make sure what the exact extent of the danger might be. Then, the flight grew lower and the
circle narrower, until they were whizzing round and round us, the dry, rustling flap of their huge
slatecolored wings filling the air with a volume of sound that made me think of Hendon aerodrome upon a
race day.
The Lost World
The Lost World 64
Page No 67
"Make for the wood and keep together," cried Lord John, clubbing his rifle. "The brutes mean mischief."
The moment we attempted to retreat the circle closed in upon us, until the tips of the wings of those nearest to
us nearly touched our faces. We beat at them with the stocks of our guns, but there was nothing solid or
vulnerable to strike. Then suddenly out of the whizzing, slatecolored circle a long neck shot out, and a fierce
beak made a thrust at us. Another and another followed. Summerlee gave a cry and put his hand to his face,
from which the blood was streaming. I felt a prod at the back of my neck, and turned dizzy with the shock.
Challenger fell, and as I stooped to pick him up I was again struck from behind and dropped on the top of
him. At the same instant I heard the crash of Lord John's elephantgun, and, looking up, saw one of the
creatures with a broken wing struggling upon the ground, spitting and gurgling at us with a wideopened
beak and bloodshot, goggled eyes, like some devil in a medieval picture. Its comrades had flown higher at
the sudden sound, and were circling above our heads.
"Now," cried Lord John, "now for our lives!"
We staggered through the brushwood, and even as we reached the trees the harpies were on us again.
Summerlee was knocked down, but we tore him up and rushed among the trunks. Once there we were safe,
for those huge wings had no space for their sweep beneath the branches. As we limped homewards, sadly
mauled and discomfited, we saw them for a long time flying at a great height against the deep blue sky above
our heads, soaring round and round, no bigger than woodpigeons, with their eyes no doubt still following
our progress. At last, however, as we reached the thicker woods they gave up the chase, and we saw them no
more.
A most interesting and convincing experience," said Challenger, as we halted beside the brook and he bathed
a swollen knee. "We are exceptionally well informed, Summerlee, as to the habits of the enraged
pterodactyl."
Summerlee was wiping the blood from a cut in his forehead, while I was tying up a nasty stab in the muscle
of the neck. Lord John had the shoulder of his coat torn away, but the creature's teeth had only grazed the
flesh.
"It is worth noting," Challenger continued, "that our young friend has received an undoubted stab, while Lord
John's coat could only have been torn by a bite. In my own case, I was beaten about the head by their wings,
so we have had a remarkable exhibition of their various methods of offence."
"It has been touch and go for our lives," said Lord John, gravely, "and I could not think of a more rotten sort
of death than to be outed by such filthy vermin. I was sorry to fire my rifle, but, by Jove! there was no great
choice."
"We should not be here if you hadn't," said I, with conviction.
"It may do no harm," said he. "Among these woods there must be many loud cracks from splitting or falling
trees which would be just like the sound of a gun. But now, if you are of my opinion, we have had thrills
enough for one day, and had best get back to the surgical box at the camp for some carbolic. Who knows
what venom these beasts may have in their hideous jaws?"
But surely no men ever had just such a day since the world began. Some fresh surprise was ever in store for
us. When, following the course of our brook, we at last reached our glade and saw the thorny barricade of our
camp, we thought that our adventures were at an end. But we had something more to think of before we could
rest. The gate of Fort Challenger had been untouched, the walls were unbroken, and yet it had been visited by
some strange and powerful creature in our absence. No footmark showed a trace of its nature, and only the
The Lost World
The Lost World 65
Page No 68
overhanging branch of the enormous ginko tree suggested how it might have come and gone; but of its
malevolent strength there was ample evidence in the condition of our stores. They were strewn at random all
over the ground, and one tin of meat had been crushed into pieces so as to extract the contents. A case of
cartridges had been shattered into matchwood, and one of the brass shells lay shredded into pieces beside it.
Again the feeling of vague horror came upon our souls, and we gazed round with frightened eyes at the dark
shadows which lay around us, in all of which some fearsome shape might be lurking. How good it was when
we were hailed by the voice of Zambo, and, going to the edge of the plateau, saw him sitting grinning at us
upon the top of the opposite pinnacle.
"All well, Massa Challenger, all well!" he cried. "Me stay here. No fear. You always find me when you
want."
His honest black face, and the immense view before us, which carried us halfway back to the affluent of the
Amazon, helped us to remember that we really were upon this earth in the twentieth century, and had not by
some magic been conveyed to some raw planet in its earliest and wildest state. How difficult it was to realize
that the violet line upon the far horizon was well advanced to that great river upon which huge steamers ran,
and folk talked of the small affairs of life, while we, marooned among the creatures of a bygone age, could
but gaze towards it and yearn for all that it meant!
One other memory remains with me of this wonderful day, and with it I will close this letter. The two
professors, their tempers aggravated no doubt by their injuries, had fallen out as to whether our assailants
were of the genus pterodactylus or dimorphodon, and high words had ensued. To avoid their wrangling I
moved some little way apart, and was seated smoking upon the trunk of a fallen tree, when Lord John strolled
over in my direction.
"I say, Malone," said he, "do you remember that place where those beasts were?"
"Very clearly."
"A sort of volcanic pit, was it not?"
"Exactly," said I.
"Did you notice the soil?"
"Rocks."
"But round the waterwhere the reeds were?"
"It was a bluish soil. It looked like clay."
"Exactly. A volcanic tube full of blue clay."
"What of that?" I asked.
"Oh, nothing, nothing," said he, and strolled back to where the voices of the contending men of science rose
in a prolonged duet, the high, strident note of Summerlee rising and falling to the sonorous bass of
Challenger. I should have thought no more of Lord John's remark were it not that once again that night I
heard him mutter to himself: "Blue clayclay in a volcanic tube!" They were the last words I heard before I
dropped into an exhausted sleep.
The Lost World
The Lost World 66
Page No 69
CHAPTER XI. "For once I was the Hero"
Lord John Roxton was right when he thought that some specially toxic quality might lie in the bite of the
horrible creatures which had attacked us. On the morning after our first adventure upon the plateau, both
Summerlee and I were in great pain and fever, while Challenger's knee was so bruised that he could hardly
limp. We kept to our camp all day, therefore, Lord John busying himself, with such help as we could give
him, in raising the height and thickness of the thorny walls which were our only defense. I remember that
during the whole long day I was haunted by the feeling that we were closely observed, though by whom or
whence I could give no guess.
So strong was the impression that I told Professor Challenger of it, who put it down to the cerebral
excitement caused by my fever. Again and again I glanced round swiftly, with the conviction that I was about
to see something, but only to meet the dark tangle of our hedge or the solemn and cavernous gloom of the
great trees which arched above our heads. And yet the feeling grew ever stronger in my own mind that
something observant and something malevolent was at our very elbow. I thought of the Indian superstition of
the Curupurithe dreadful, lurking spirit of the woodsand I could have imagined that his terrible presence
haunted those who had invaded his most remote and sacred retreat.
That night (our third in Maple White Land) we had an experience which left a fearful impression upon our
minds, and made us thankful that Lord John had worked so hard in making our retreat impregnable. We were
all sleeping round our dying fire when we were arousedor, rather, I should say, shot out of our
slumbersby a succession of the most frightful cries and screams to which I have ever listened. I know no
sound to which I could compare this amazing tumult, which seemed to come from some spot within a few
hundred yards of our camp. It was as earsplitting as any whistle of a railwayengine; but whereas the
whistle is a clear, mechanical, sharpedged sound, this was far deeper in volume and vibrant with the
uttermost strain of agony and horror. We clapped our hands to our ears to shut out that nerveshaking appeal.
A cold sweat broke out over my body, and my heart turned sick at the misery of it. All the woes of tortured
life, all its stupendous indictment of high heaven, its innumerable sorrows, seemed to be centered and
condensed into that one dreadful, agonized cry. And then, under this highpitched, ringing sound there was
another, more intermittent, a low, deepchested laugh, a growling, throaty gurgle of merriment which formed
a grotesque accompaniment to the shriek with which it was blended. For three or four minutes on end the
fearsome duet continued, while all the foliage rustled with the rising of startled birds. Then it shut off as
suddenly as it began. For a long time we sat in horrified silence. Then Lord John threw a bundle of twigs
upon the fire, and their red glare lit up the intent faces of my companions and flickered over the great boughs
above our heads.
"What was it?" I whispered.
"We shall know in the morning," said Lord John. "It was close to usnot farther than the glade."
"We have been privileged to overhear a prehistoric tragedy, the sort of drama which occurred among the
reeds upon the border of some Jurassic lagoon, when the greater dragon pinned the lesser among the slime,"
said Challenger, with more solemnity than I had ever heard in his voice. "It was surely well for man that he
came late in the order of creation. There were powers abroad in earlier days which no courage and no
mechanism of his could have met. What could his sling, his throwingstick, or his arrow avail him against
such forces as have been loose tonight? Even with a modern rifle it would be all odds on the monster."
"I think I should back my little friend," said Lord John, caressing his Express. "But the beast would certainly
have a good sporting chance."
Summerlee raised his hand.
The Lost World
The Lost World 67
Page No 70
"Hush!" he cried. "Surely I hear something?"
From the utter silence there emerged a deep, regular patpat. It was the tread of some animalthe rhythm of
soft but heavy pads placed cautiously upon the ground. It stole slowly round the camp, and then halted near
our gateway. There was a low, sibilant rise and fallthe breathing of the creature. Only our feeble hedge
separated us from this horror of the night. Each of us had seized his rifle, and Lord John had pulled out a
small bush to make an embrasure in the hedge.
"By George!" he whispered. "I think I can see it!"
I stooped and peered over his shoulder through the gap. Yes, I could see it, too. In the deep shadow of the tree
there was a deeper shadow yet, black, inchoate, vaguea crouching form full of savage vigor and menace. It
was no higher than a horse, but the dim outline suggested vast bulk and strength. That hissing pant, as regular
and fullvolumed as the exhaust of an engine, spoke of a monstrous organism. Once, as it moved, I thought I
saw the glint of two terrible, greenish eyes. There was an uneasy rustling, as if it were crawling slowly
forward.
"I believe it is going to spring!" said I, cocking my rifle.
"Don't fire! Don't fire!" whispered Lord John. "The crash of a gun in this silent night would be heard for
miles. Keep it as a last card."
"If it gets over the hedge we're done," said Summerlee, and his voice crackled into a nervous laugh as he
spoke.
"No, it must not get over," cried Lord John; "but hold your fire to the last. Perhaps I can make something of
the fellow. I'll chance it, anyhow."
It was as brave an act as ever I saw a man do. He stooped to the fire, picked up a blazing branch, and slipped
in an instant through a sallyport which he had made in our gateway. The thing moved forward with a dreadful
snarl. Lord John never hesitated, but, running towards it with a quick, light step, he dashed the flaming wood
into the brute's face. For one moment I had a vision of a horrible mask like a giant toad's, of a warty, leprous
skin, and of a loose mouth all beslobbered with fresh blood. The next, there was a crash in the underwood and
our dreadful visitor was gone.
"I thought he wouldn't face the fire," said Lord John, laughing, as he came back and threw his branch among
the faggots.
"You should not have taken such a risk!" we all cried.
"There was nothin' else to be done. If he had got among us we should have shot each other in tryin' to down
him. On the other hand, if we had fired through the hedge and wounded him he would soon have been on the
top of usto say nothin' of giving ourselves away. On the whole, I think that we are jolly well out of it.
What was he, then?"
Our learned men looked at each other with some hesitation.
"Personally, I am unable to classify the creature with any certainty," said Summerlee, lighting his pipe from
the fire.
The Lost World
The Lost World 68
Page No 71
"In refusing to commit yourself you are but showing a proper scientific reserve," said Challenger, with
massive condescension. "I am not myself prepared to go farther than to say in general terms that we have
almost certainly been in contact tonight with some form of carnivorous dinosaur. I have already expressed
my anticipation that something of the sort might exist upon this plateau."
"We have to bear in mind," remarked Summerlee, that there are many prehistoric forms which have never
come down to us. It would be rash to suppose that we can give a name to all that we are likely to meet."
"Exactly. A rough classification may be the best that we can attempt. Tomorrow some further evidence may
help us to an identification. Meantime we can only renew our interrupted slumbers."
"But not without a sentinel," said Lord John, with decision. "We can't afford to take chances in a country like
this. Twohour spells in the future, for each of us."
"Then I'll just finish my pipe in starting the first one," said Professor Summerlee; and from that time onwards
we never trusted ourselves again without a watchman.
In the morning it was not long before we discovered the source of the hideous uproar which had aroused us in
the night. The iguanodon glade was the scene of a horrible butchery. From the pools of blood and the
enormous lumps of flesh scattered in every direction over the green sward we imagined at first that a number
of animals had been killed, but on examining the remains more closely we discovered that all this carnage
came from one of these unwieldy monsters, which had been literally torn to pieces by some creature not
larger, perhaps, but far more ferocious, than itself.
Our two professors sat in absorbed argument, examining piece after piece, which showed the marks of savage
teeth and of enormous claws.
"Our judgment must still be in abeyance," said Professor Challenger, with a huge slab of whitishcolored
flesh across his knee. "The indications would be consistent with the presence of a sabertoothed tiger, such as
are still found among the breccia of our caverns; but the creature actually seen was undoubtedly of a larger
and more reptilian character. Personally, I should pronounce for allosaurus."
"Or megalosaurus," said Summerlee.
"Exactly. Any one of the larger carnivorous dinosaurs would meet the case. Among them are to be found all
the most terrible types of animal life that have ever cursed the earth or blessed a museum." He laughed
sonorously at his own conceit, for, though he had little sense of humor, the crudest pleasantry from his own
lips moved him always to roars of appreciation.
"The less noise the better," said Lord Roxton, curtly. "We don't know who or what may be near us. If this
fellah comes back for his breakfast and catches us here we won't have so much to laugh at. By the way, what
is this mark upon the iguanodon's hide?"
On the dull, scaly, slatecolored skin somewhere above the shoulder, there was a singular black circle of
some substance which looked like asphalt. None of us could suggest what it meant, though Summerlee was
of opinion that he had seen something similar upon one of the young ones two days before. Challenger said
nothing, but looked pompous and puffy, as if he could if he would, so that finally Lord John asked his
opinion direct.
"If your lordship will graciously permit me to open my mouth, I shall be happy to express my sentiments,"
said he, with elaborate sarcasm. I am not in the habit of being taken to task in the fashion which seems to be
The Lost World
The Lost World 69
Page No 72
customary with your lordship. I was not aware that it was necessary to ask your permission before smiling at
a harmless pleasantry."
It was not until he had received his apology that our touchy friend would suffer himself to be appeased. When
at last his ruffled feelings were at ease, he addressed us at some length from his seat upon a fallen tree,
speaking, as his habit was, as if he were imparting most precious information to a class of a thousand.
"With regard to the marking," said he, "I am inclined to agree with my friend and colleague, Professor
Summerlee, that the stains are from asphalt. As this plateau is, in its very nature, highly volcanic, and as
asphalt is a substance which one associates with Plutonic forces, I cannot doubt that it exists in the free liquid
state, and that the creatures may have come in contact with it. A much more important problem is the
question as to the existence of the carnivorous monster which has left its traces in this glade. We know
roughly that this plateau is not larger than an average English county. Within this confined space a certain
number of creatures, mostly types which have passed away in the world below, have lived together for
innumerable years. Now, it is very clear to me that in so long a period one would have expected that the
carnivorous creatures, multiplying unchecked, would have exhausted their food supply and have been
compelled to either modify their flesheating habits or die of hunger. This we see has not been so. We can
only imagine, therefore, that the balance of Nature is preserved by some check which limits the numbers of
these ferocious creatures. One of the many interesting problems, therefore, which await our solution is to
discover what that check may be and how it operates. I venture to trust that we may have some future
opportunity for the closer study of the carnivorous dinosaurs."
"And I venture to trust we may not," I observed.
The Professor only raised his great eyebrows, as the schoolmaster meets the irrelevant observation of the
naughty boy.
"Perhaps Professor Summerlee may have an observation to make," he said, and the two savants ascended
together into some rarefied scientific atmosphere, where the possibilities of a modification of the birthrate
were weighed against the decline of the food supply as a check in the struggle for existence.
That morning we mapped out a small portion of the plateau, avoiding the swamp of the pterodactyls, and
keeping to the east of our brook instead of to the west. In that direction the country was still thickly wooded,
with so much undergrowth that our progress was very slow.
I have dwelt up to now upon the terrors of Maple White Land; but there was another side to the subject, for
all that morning we wandered among lovely flowersmostly, as I observed, white or yellow in color, these
being, as our professors explained, the primitive flowershades. In many places the ground was absolutely
covered with them, and as we walked ankledeep on that wonderful yielding carpet, the scent was almost
intoxicating in its sweetness and intensity. The homely English bee buzzed everywhere around us. Many of
the trees under which we passed had their branches bowed down with fruit, some of which were of familiar
sorts, while other varieties were new. By observing which of them were pecked by the birds we avoided all
danger of poison and added a delicious variety to our food reserve. In the jungle which we traversed were
numerous hardtrodden paths made by the wild beasts, and in the more marshy places we saw a profusion of
strange footmarks, including many of the iguanodon. Once in a grove we observed several of these great
creatures grazing, and Lord John, with his glass, was able to report that they also were spotted with asphalt,
though in a different place to the one which we had examined in the morning. What this phenomenon meant
we could not imagine.
We saw many small animals, such as porcupines, a scaly anteater, and a wild pig, piebald in color and with
long curved tusks. Once, through a break in the trees, we saw a clear shoulder of green hill some distance
The Lost World
The Lost World 70
Page No 73
away, and across this a large duncolored animal was traveling at a considerable pace. It passed so swiftly
that we were unable to say what it was; but if it were a deer, as was claimed by Lord John, it must have been
as large as those monstrous Irish elk which are still dug up from time to time in the bogs of my native land.
Ever since the mysterious visit which had been paid to our camp we always returned to it with some
misgivings. However, on this occasion we found everything in order.
That evening we had a grand discussion upon our present situation and future plans, which I must describe at
some length, as it led to a new departure by which we were enabled to gain a more complete knowledge of
Maple White Land than might have come in many weeks of exploring. It was Summerlee who opened the
debate. All day he had been querulous in manner, and now some remark of Lord John's as to what we should
do on the morrow brought all his bitterness to a head.
"What we ought to be doing today, tomorrow, and all the time," said he, "is finding some way out of the
trap into which we have fallen. You are all turning your brains towards getting into this country. I say that we
should be scheming how to get out of it."
"I am surprised, sir," boomed Challenger, stroking his majestic beard, "that any man of science should
commit himself to so ignoble a sentiment. You are in a land which offers such an inducement to the
ambitious naturalist as none ever has since the world began, and you suggest leaving it before we have
acquired more than the most superficial knowledge of it or of its contents. I expected better things of you,
Professor Summerlee."
"You must remember," said Summerlee, sourly, "that I have a large class in London who are at present at the
mercy of an extremely inefficient locum tenens. This makes my situation different from yours, Professor
Challenger, since, so far as I know, you have never been entrusted with any responsible educational work."
"Quite so," said Challenger. "I have felt it to be a sacrilege to divert a brain which is capable of the highest
original research to any lesser object. That is why I have sternly set my face against any proffered scholastic
appointment."
"For example?" asked Summerlee, with a sneer; but Lord John hastened to change the conversation.
"I must say," said he, "that I think it would be a mighty poor thing to go back to London before I know a
great deal more of this place than I do at present."
"I could never dare to walk into the back office of my paper and face old McArdle," said I. (You will excuse
the frankness of this report, will you not, sir?) "He'd never forgive me for leaving such unexhausted copy
behind me. Besides, so far as I can see it is not worth discussing, since we can't get down, even if we
wanted."
"Our young friend makes up for many obvious mental lacunae by some measure of primitive common sense,
remarked Challenger. "The interests of his deplorable profession are immaterial to us; but, as he observes, we
cannot get down in any case, so it is a waste of energy to discuss it."
"It is a waste of energy to do anything else," growled Summerlee from behind his pipe. "Let me remind you
that we came here upon a perfectly definite mission, entrusted to us at the meeting of the Zoological Institute
in London. That mission was to test the truth of Professor Challenger's statements. Those statements, as I am
bound to admit, we are now in a position to endorse. Our ostensible work is therefore done. As to the detail
which remains to be worked out upon this plateau, it is so enormous that only a large expedition, with a very
special equipment, could hope to cope with it. Should we attempt to do so ourselves, the only possible result
The Lost World
The Lost World 71
Page No 74
must be that we shall never return with the important contribution to science which we have already gained.
Professor Challenger has devised means for getting us on to this plateau when it appeared to be inaccessible;
I think that we should now call upon him to use the same ingenuity in getting us back to the world from
which we came."
I confess that as Summerlee stated his view it struck me as altogether reasonable. Even Challenger was
affected by the consideration that his enemies would never stand confuted if the confirmation of his
statements should never reach those who had doubted them.
"The problem of the descent is at first sight a formidable one," said he, "and yet I cannot doubt that the
intellect can solve it. I am prepared to agree with our colleague that a protracted stay in Maple White Land is
at present inadvisable, and that the question of our return will soon have to be faced. I absolutely refuse to
leave, however, until we have made at least a superficial examination of this country, and are able to take
back with us something in the nature of a chart."
Professor Summerlee gave a snort of impatience.
"We have spent two long days in exploration," said he, "and we are no wiser as to the actual geography of the
place than when we started. It is clear that it is all thickly wooded, and it would take months to penetrate it
and to learn the relations of one part to another. If there were some central peak it would be different, but it
all slopes downwards, so far as we can see. The farther we go the less likely it is that we will get any general
view."
It was at that moment that I had my inspiration. My eyes chanced to light upon the enormous gnarled trunk of
the gingko tree which cast its huge branches over us. Surely, if its bole exceeded that of all others, its height
must do the same. If the rim of the plateau was indeed the highest point, then why should this mighty tree not
prove to be a watchtower which commanded the whole country? Now, ever since I ran wild as a lad in
Ireland I have been a bold and skilled treeclimber. My comrades might be my masters on the rocks, but I
knew that I would be supreme among those branches. Could I only get my legs on to the lowest of the giant
offshoots, then it would be strange indeed if I could not make my way to the top. My comrades were
delighted at my idea.
"Our young friend," said Challenger, bunching up the red apples of his cheeks, "is capable of acrobatic
exertions which would be impossible to a man of a more solid, though possibly of a more commanding,
appearance. I applaud his resolution."
"By George, young fellah, you've put your hand on it!" said Lord John, clapping me on the back. "How we
never came to think of it before I can't imagine! There's not more than an hour of daylight left, but if you take
your notebook you may be able to get some rough sketch of the place. If we put these three ammunition cases
under the branch, I will soon hoist you on to it."
He stood on the boxes while I faced the trunk, and was gently raising me when Challenger sprang forward
and gave me such a thrust with his huge hand that he fairly shot me into the tree. With both arms clasping the
branch, I scrambled hard with my feet until I had worked, first my body, and then my knees, onto it. There
were three excellent offshoots, like huge rungs of a ladder, above my head, and a tangle of convenient
branches beyond, so that I clambered onwards with such speed that I soon lost sight of the ground and had
nothing but foliage beneath me. Now and then I encountered a check, and once I had to shin up a creeper for
eight or ten feet, but I made excellent progress, and the booming of Challenger's voice seemed to be a great
distance beneath me. The tree was, however, enormous, and, looking upwards, I could see no thinning of the
leaves above my head. There was some thick, bushlike clump which seemed to be a parasite upon a branch
up which I was swarming. I leaned my head round it in order to see what was beyond, and I nearly fell out of
The Lost World
The Lost World 72
Page No 75
the tree in my surprise and horror at what I saw.
A face was gazing into mineat the distance of only a foot or two. The creature that owned it had been
crouching behind the parasite, and had looked round it at the same instant that I did. It was a human faceor
at least it was far more human than any monkey's that I have ever seen. It was long, whitish, and blotched
with pimples, the nose flattened, and the lower jaw projecting, with a bristle of coarse whiskers round the
chin. The eyes, which were under thick and heavy brows, were bestial and ferocious, and as it opened its
mouth to snarl what sounded like a curse at me I observed that it had curved, sharp canine teeth. For an
instant I read hatred and menace in the evil eyes. Then, as quick as a flash, came an expression of
overpowering fear. There was a crash of broken boughs as it dived wildly down into the tangle of green. I
caught a glimpse of a hairy body like that of a reddish pig, and then it was gone amid a swirl of leaves and
branches.
"What's the matter?" shouted Roxton from below. "Anything wrong with you?"
"Did you see it?" I cried, with my arms round the branch and all my nerves tingling.
"We heard a row, as if your foot had slipped. What was it?"
I was so shocked at the sudden and strange appearance of this apeman that I hesitated whether I should not
climb down again and tell my experience to my companions. But I was already so far up the great tree that it
seemed a humiliation to return without having carried out my mission.
After a long pause, therefore, to recover my breath and my courage, I continued my ascent. Once I put my
weight upon a rotten branch and swung for a few seconds by my hands, but in the main it was all easy
climbing. Gradually the leaves thinned around me, and I was aware, from the wind upon my face, that I had
topped all the trees of the forest. I was determined, however, not to look about me before I had reached the
very highest point, so I scrambled on until I had got so far that the topmost branch was bending beneath my
weight. There I settled into a convenient fork, and, balancing myself securely, I found myself looking down
at a most wonderful panorama of this strange country in which we found ourselves.
The sun was just above the western skyline, and the evening was a particularly bright and clear one, so that
the whole extent of the plateau was visible beneath me. It was, as seen from this height, of an oval contour,
with a breadth of about thirty miles and a width of twenty. Its general shape was that of a shallow funnel, all
the sides sloping down to a considerable lake in the center. This lake may have been ten miles in
circumference, and lay very green and beautiful in the evening light, with a thick fringe of reeds at its edges,
and with its surface broken by several yellow sandbanks, which gleamed golden in the mellow sunshine. A
number of long dark objects, which were too large for alligators and too long for canoes, lay upon the edges
of these patches of sand. With my glass I could clearly see that they were alive, but what their nature might
be I could not imagine.
From the side of the plateau on which we were, slopes of woodland, with occasional glades, stretched down
for five or six miles to the central lake. I could see at my very feet the glade of the iguanodons, and farther off
was a round opening in the trees which marked the swamp of the pterodactyls. On the side facing me,
however, the plateau presented a very different aspect. There the basalt cliffs of the outside were reproduced
upon the inside, forming an escarpment about two hundred feet high, with a woody slope beneath it. Along
the base of these red cliffs, some distance above the ground, I could see a number of dark holes through the
glass, which I conjectured to be the mouths of caves. At the opening of one of these something white was
shimmering, but I was unable to make out what it was. I sat charting the country until the sun had set and it
was so dark that I could no longer distinguish details. Then I climbed down to my companions waiting for me
so eagerly at the bottom of the great tree. For once I was the hero of the expedition. Alone I had thought of it,
The Lost World
The Lost World 73
Page No 76
and alone I had done it; and here was the chart which would save us a month's blind groping among unknown
dangers. Each of them shook me solemnly by the hand.
But before they discussed the details of my map I had to tell them of my encounter with the apeman among
the branches.
"He has been there all the time," said I.
"How do you know that?" asked Lord John.
"Because I have never been without that feeling that something malevolent was watching us. I mentioned it to
you, Professor Challenger."
"Our young friend certainly said something of the kind. He is also the one among us who is endowed with
that Celtic temperament which would make him sensitive to such impressions."
"The whole theory of telepathy" began Summerlee, filling his pipe.
"Is too vast to be now discussed," said Challenger, with decision. "Tell me, now," he added, with the air of a
bishop addressing a Sundayschool, "did you happen to observe whether the creature could cross its thumb
over its palm?"
"No, indeed."
"Had it a tail?"
"No."
"Was the foot prehensile?"
"I do not think it could have made off so fast among the branches if it could not get a grip with its feet."
"In South America there are, if my memory serves meyou will check the observation, Professor
Summerleesome thirtysix species of monkeys, but the anthropoid ape is unknown. It is clear, however,
that he exists in this country, and that he is not the hairy, gorillalike variety, which is never seen out of
Africa or the East." (I was inclined to interpolate, as I looked at him, that I had seen his first cousin in
Kensington.) "This is a whiskered and colorless type, the latter characteristic pointing to the fact that he
spends his days in arboreal seclusion. The question which we have to face is whether he approaches more
closely to the ape or the man. In the latter case, he may well approximate to what the vulgar have called the
`missing link.' The solution of this problem is our immediate duty."
"It is nothing of the sort," said Summerlee, abruptly. "Now that, through the intelligence and activity of Mr.
Malone" (I cannot help quoting the words), "we have got our chart, our one and only immediate duty is to get
ourselves safe and sound out of this awful place."
"The fleshpots of civilization," groaned Challenger.
"The inkpots of civilization, sir. It is our task to put on record what we have seen, and to leave the further
exploration to others. You all agreed as much before Mr. Malone got us the chart."
The Lost World
The Lost World 74
Page No 77
"Well," said Challenger, "I admit that my mind will be more at ease when I am assured that the result of our
expedition has been conveyed to our friends. How we are to get down from this place I have not as yet an
idea. I have never yet encountered any problem, however, which my inventive brain was unable to solve, and
I promise you that tomorrow I will turn my attention to the question of our descent." And so the matter was
allowed to rest.
But that evening, by the light of the fire and of a single candle, the first map of the lost world was elaborated.
Every detail which I had roughly noted from my watchtower was drawn out in its relative place.
Challenger's pencil hovered over the great blank which marked the lake.
"What shall we call it?" he asked.
"Why should you not take the chance of perpetuating your own name?" said Summerlee, with his usual touch
of acidity.
"I trust, sir, that my name will have other and more personal claims upon posterity," said Challenger,
severely. "Any ignoramus can hand down his worthless memory by imposing it upon a mountain or a river. I
need no such monument."
Summerlee, with a twisted smile, was about to make some fresh assault when Lord John hastened to
intervene.
"It's up to you, young fellah, to name the lake," said he. "You saw it first, and, by George, if you choose to
put `Lake Malone' on it, no one has a better right."
"By all means. Let our young friend give it a name," said Challenger.
"Then, said I, blushing, I dare say, as I said it, "let it be named Lake Gladys."
"Don't you think the Central Lake would be more descriptive?" remarked Summerlee.
"I should prefer Lake Gladys."
Challenger looked at me sympathetically, and shook his great head in mock disapproval. "Boys will be boys,"
said he. "Lake Gladys let it be."
CHAPTER XII. "It was Dreadful in the Forest"
I have saidor perhaps I have not said, for my memory plays me sad tricks these daysthat I glowed with
pride when three such men as my comrades thanked me for having saved, or at least greatly helped, the
situation. As the youngster of the party, not merely in years, but in experience, character, knowledge, and all
that goes to make a man, I had been overshadowed from the first. And now I was coming into my own. I
warmed at the thought. Alas! for the pride which goes before a fall! That little glow of selfsatisfaction, that
added measure of selfconfidence, were to lead me on that very night to the most dreadful experience of my
life, ending with a shock which turns my heart sick when I think of it.
It came about in this way. I had been unduly excited by the adventure of the tree, and sleep seemed to be
impossible. Summerlee was on guard, sitting hunched over our small fire, a quaint, angular figure, his rifle
across his knees and his pointed, goatlike beard wagging with each weary nod of his head. Lord John lay
silent, wrapped in the South American poncho which he wore, while Challenger snored with a roll and rattle
which reverberated through the woods. The full moon was shining brightly, and the air was crisply cold.
The Lost World
The Lost World 75
Page No 78
What a night for a walk! And then suddenly came the thought, "Why not?" Suppose I stole softly away,
suppose I made my way down to the central lake, suppose I was back at breakfast with some record of the
place would I not in that case be thought an even more worthy associate? Then, if Summerlee carried the
day and some means of escape were found, we should return to London with firsthand knowledge of the
central mystery of the plateau, to which I alone, of all men, would have penetrated. I thought of Gladys, with
her "There are heroisms all round us." I seemed to hear her voice as she said it. I thought also of McArdle.
What a three column article for the paper! What a foundation for a career! A correspondentship in the next
great war might be within my reach. I clutched at a gunmy pockets were full of cartridgesand, parting
the thorn bushes at the gate of our zareba, quickly slipped out. My last glance showed me the unconscious
Summerlee, most futile of sentinels, still nodding away like a queer mechanical toy in front of the
smouldering fire.
I had not gone a hundred yards before I deeply repented my rashness. I may have said somewhere in this
chronicle that I am too imaginative to be a really courageous man, but that I have an overpowering fear of
seeming afraid. This was the power which now carried me onwards. I simply could not slink back with
nothing done. Even if my comrades should not have missed me, and should never know of my weakness,
there would still remain some intolerable selfshame in my own soul. And yet I shuddered at the position in
which I found myself, and would have given all I possessed at that moment to have been honorably free of
the whole business.
It was dreadful in the forest. The trees grew so thickly and their foliage spread so widely that I could see
nothing of the moonlight save that here and there the high branches made a tangled filigree against the
starry sky. As the eyes became more used to the obscurity one learned that there were different degrees of
darkness among the treesthat some were dimly visible, while between and among them there were
coalblack shadowed patches, like the mouths of caves, from which I shrank in horror as I passed. I thought
of the despairing yell of the tortured iguanodonthat dreadful cry which had echoed through the woods. I
thought, too, of the glimpse I had in the light of Lord John's torch of that bloated, warty, bloodslavering
muzzle. Even now I was on its huntingground. At any instant it might spring upon me from the
shadowsthis nameless and horrible monster. I stopped, and, picking a cartridge from my pocket, I opened
the breech of my gun. As I touched the lever my heart leaped within me. It was the shotgun, not the rifle,
which I had taken!
Again the impulse to return swept over me. Here, surely, was a most excellent reason for my failureone for
which no one would think the less of me. But again the foolish pride fought against that very word. I could
notmust notfail. After all, my rifle would probably have been as useless as a shotgun against such
dangers as I might meet. If I were to go back to camp to change my weapon I could hardly expect to enter
and to leave again without being seen. In that case there would be explanations, and my attempt would no
longer be all my own. After a little hesitation, then, I screwed up my courage and continued upon my way,
my useless gun under my arm.
The darkness of the forest had been alarming, but even worse was the white, still flood of moonlight in the
open glade of the iguanodons. Hid among the bushes, I looked out at it. None of the great brutes were in
sight. Perhaps the tragedy which had befallen one of them had driven them from their feedingground. In the
misty, silvery night I could see no sign of any living thing. Taking courage, therefore, I slipped rapidly across
it, and among the jungle on the farther side I picked up once again the brook which was my guide. It was a
cheery companion, gurgling and chuckling as it ran, like the dear old troutstream in the West Country where
I have fished at night in my boyhood. So long as I followed it down I must come to the lake, and so long as I
followed it back I must come to the camp. Often I had to lose sight of it on account of the tangled
brushwood, but I was always within earshot of its tinkle and splash.
The Lost World
The Lost World 76
Page No 79
As one descended the slope the woods became thinner, and bushes, with occasional high trees, took the place
of the forest. I could make good progress, therefore, and I could see without being seen. I passed close to the
pterodactyl swamp, and as I did so, with a dry, crisp, leathery rattle of wings, one of these great creaturesit
was twenty feet at least from tip to tiprose up from somewhere near me and soared into the air. As it
passed across the face of the moon the light shone clearly through the membranous wings, and it looked like
a flying skeleton against the white, tropical radiance. I crouched low among the bushes, for I knew from past
experience that with a single cry the creature could bring a hundred of its loathsome mates about my ears. It
was not until it had settled again that I dared to steal onwards upon my journey.
The night had been exceedingly still, but as I advanced I became conscious of a low, rumbling sound, a
continuous murmur, somewhere in front of me. This grew louder as I proceeded, until at last it was clearly
quite close to me. When I stood still the sound was constant, so that it seemed to come from some stationary
cause. It was like a boiling kettle or the bubbling of some great pot. Soon I came upon the source of it, for in
the center of a small clearing I found a lakeor a pool, rather, for it was not larger than the basin of the
Trafalgar Square fountainof some black, pitchlike stuff, the surface of which rose and fell in great blisters
of bursting gas. The air above it was shimmering with heat, and the ground round was so hot that I could
hardly bear to lay my hand on it. It was clear that the great volcanic outburst which had raised this strange
plateau so many years ago had not yet entirely spent its forces. Blackened rocks and mounds of lava I had
already seen everywhere peeping out from amid the luxuriant vegetation which draped them, but this asphalt
pool in the jungle was the first sign that we had of actual existing activity on the slopes of the ancient crater. I
had no time to examine it further for I had need to hurry if I were to be back in camp in the morning.
It was a fearsome walk, and one which will be with me so long as memory holds. In the great moonlight
clearings I slunk along among the shadows on the margin. In the jungle I crept forward, stopping with a
beating heart whenever I heard, as I often did, the crash of breaking branches as some wild beast went past.
Now and then great shadows loomed up for an instant and were gonegreat, silent shadows which seemed
to prowl upon padded feet. How often I stopped with the intention of returning, and yet every time my pride
conquered my fear, and sent me on again until my object should be attained.
At last (my watch showed that it was one in the morning) I saw the gleam of water amid the openings of the
jungle, and ten minutes later I was among the reeds upon the borders of the central lake. I was exceedingly
dry, so I lay down and took a long draught of its waters, which were fresh and cold. There was a broad
pathway with many tracks upon it at the spot which I had found, so that it was clearly one of the
drinkingplaces of the animals. Close to the water's edge there was a huge isolated block of lava. Up this I
climbed, and, lying on the top, I had an excellent view in every direction.
The first thing which I saw filled me with amazement. When I described the view from the summit of the
great tree, I said that on the farther cliff I could see a number of dark spots, which appeared to be the mouths
of caves. Now, as I looked up at the same cliffs, I saw discs of light in every direction, ruddy, clearlydefined
patches, like the portholes of a liner in the darkness. For a moment I thought it was the lavaglow from
some volcanic action; but this could not be so. Any volcanic action would surely be down in the hollow and
not high among the rocks. What, then, was the alternative? It was wonderful, and yet it must surely be. These
ruddy spots must be the reflection of fires within the cavesfires which could only be lit by the hand of
man. There were human beings, then, upon the plateau. How gloriously my expedition was justified! Here
was news indeed for us to bear back with us to London!
For a long time I lay and watched these red, quivering blotches of light. I suppose they were ten miles off
from me, yet even at that distance one could observe how, from time to time, they twinkled or were obscured
as someone passed before them. What would I not have given to be able to crawl up to them, to peep in, and
to take back some word to my comrades as to the appearance and character of the race who lived in so
strange a place! It was out of the question for the moment, and yet surely we could not leave the plateau until
The Lost World
The Lost World 77
Page No 80
we had some definite knowledge upon the point.
Lake Gladysmy own lakelay like a sheet of quicksilver before me, with a reflected moon shining
brightly in the center of it. It was shallow, for in many places I saw low sandbanks protruding above the
water. Everywhere upon the still surface I could see signs of life, sometimes mere rings and ripples in the
water, sometimes the gleam of a great silversided fish in the air, sometimes the arched, slatecolored back
of some passing monster. Once upon a yellow sandbank I saw a creature like a huge swan, with a clumsy
body and a high, flexible neck, shuffling about upon the margin. Presently it plunged in, and for some time I
could see the arched neck and darting head undulating over the water. Then it dived, and I saw it no more.
My attention was soon drawn away from these distant sights and brought back to what was going on at my
very feet. Two creatures like large armadillos had come down to the drinkingplace, and were squatting at
the edge of the water, their long, flexible tongues like red ribbons shooting in and out as they lapped. A huge
deer, with branching horns, a magnificent creature which carried itself like a king, came down with its doe
and two fawns and drank beside the armadillos. No such deer exist anywhere else upon earth, for the moose
or elks which I have seen would hardly have reached its shoulders. Presently it gave a warning snort, and was
off with its family among the reeds, while the armadillos also scuttled for shelter. A newcomer, a most
monstrous animal, was coming down the path.
For a moment I wondered where I could have seen that ungainly shape, that arched back with triangular
fringes along it, that strange birdlike head held close to the ground. Then it came back, to me. It was the
stegosaurusthe very creature which Maple White had preserved in his sketchbook, and which had been
the first object which arrested the attention of Challenger! There he wasperhaps the very specimen which
the American artist had encountered. The ground shook beneath his tremendous weight, and his gulpings of
water resounded through the still night. For five minutes he was so close to my rock that by stretching out my
hand I could have touched the hideous waving hackles upon his back. Then he lumbered away and was lost
among the boulders.
Looking at my watch, I saw that it was halfpast two o'clock, and high time, therefore, that I started upon my
homeward journey. There was no difficulty about the direction in which I should return for all along I had
kept the little brook upon my left, and it opened into the central lake within a stone'sthrow of the boulder
upon which I had been lying. I set off, therefore, in high spirits, for I felt that I had done good work and was
bringing back a fine budget of news for my companions. Foremost of all, of course, were the sight of the fiery
caves and the certainty that some troglodytic race inhabited them. But besides that I could speak from
experience of the central lake. I could testify that it was full of strange creatures, and I had seen several land
forms of primeval life which we had not before encountered. I reflected as I walked that few men in the world
could have spent a stranger night or added more to human knowledge in the course of it.
I was plodding up the slope, turning these thoughts over in my mind, and had reached a point which may
have been halfway to home, when my mind was brought back to my own position by a strange noise behind
me. It was something between a snore and a growl, low, deep, and exceedingly menacing. Some strange
creature was evidently near me, but nothing could be seen, so I hastened more rapidly upon my way. I had
traversed half a mile or so when suddenly the sound was repeated, still behind me, but louder and more
menacing than before. My heart stood still within me as it flashed across me that the beast, whatever it was,
must surely be after ME. My skin grew cold and my hair rose at the thought. That these monsters should tear
each other to pieces was a part of the strange struggle for existence, but that they should turn upon modern
man, that they should deliberately track and hunt down the predominant human, was a staggering and
fearsome thought. I remembered again the bloodbeslobbered face which we had seen in the glare of Lord
John's torch, like some horrible vision from the deepest circle of Dante's hell. With my knees shaking beneath
me, I stood and glared with starting eyes down the moonlit path which lay behind me. All was quiet as in a
dream landscape. Silver clearings and the black patches of the bushesnothing else could I see. Then from
The Lost World
The Lost World 78
Page No 81
out of the silence, imminent and threatening, there came once more that low, throaty croaking, far louder and
closer than before. There could no longer be a doubt. Something was on my trail, and was closing in upon me
every minute.
I stood like a man paralyzed, still staring at the ground which I had traversed. Then suddenly I saw it. There
was movement among the bushes at the far end of the clearing which I had just traversed. A great dark
shadow disengaged itself and hopped out into the clear moonlight. I say "hopped" advisedly, for the beast
moved like a kangaroo, springing along in an erect position upon its powerful hind legs, while its front ones
were held bent in front of it. It was of enormous size and power, like an erect elephant, but its movements, in
spite of its bulk, were exceedingly alert. For a moment, as I saw its shape, I hoped that it was an iguanodon,
which I knew to be harmless, but, ignorant as I was, I soon saw that this was a very different creature. Instead
of the gentle, deershaped head of the great threetoed leafeater, this beast had a broad, squat, toadlike
face like that which had alarmed us in our camp. His ferocious cry and the horrible energy of his pursuit both
assured me that this was surely one of the great flesheating dinosaurs, the most terrible beasts which have
ever walked this earth. As the huge brute loped along it dropped forward upon its forepaws and brought its
nose to the ground every twenty yards or so. It was smelling out my trail. Sometimes, for an instant, it was at
fault. Then it would catch it up again and come bounding swiftly along the path I had taken.
Even now when I think of that nightmare the sweat breaks out upon my brow. What could I do? My useless
fowlingpiece was in my hand. What help could I get from that? I looked desperately round for some rock or
tree, but I was in a bushy jungle with nothing higher than a sapling within sight, while I knew that the
creature behind me could tear down an ordinary tree as though it were a reed. My only possible chance lay in
flight. I could not move swiftly over the rough, broken ground, but as I looked round me in despair I saw a
wellmarked, hardbeaten path which ran across in front of me. We had seen several of the sort, the runs of
various wild beasts, during our expeditions. Along this I could perhaps hold my own, for I was a fast runner,
and in excellent condition. Flinging away my useless gun, I set myself to do such a halfmile as I have never
done before or since. My limbs ached, my chest heaved, I felt that my throat would burst for want of air, and
yet with that horror behind me I ran and I ran and ran. At last I paused, hardly able to move. For a moment I
thought that I had thrown him off. The path lay still behind me. And then suddenly, with a crashing and a
rending, a thudding of giant feet and a panting of monster lungs the beast was upon me once more. He was at
my very heels. I was lost.
Madman that I was to linger so long before I fled! Up to then he had hunted by scent, and his movement was
slow. But he had actually seen me as I started to run. From then onwards he had hunted by sight, for the path
showed him where I had gone. Now, as he came round the curve, he was springing in great bounds. The
moonlight shone upon his huge projecting eyes, the row of enormous teeth in his open mouth, and the
gleaming fringe of claws upon his short, powerful forearms. With a scream of terror I turned and rushed
wildly down the path. Behind me the thick, gasping breathing of the creature sounded louder and louder. His
heavy footfall was beside me. Every instant I expected to feel his grip upon my back. And then suddenly
there came a crashI was falling through space, and everything beyond was darkness and rest.
As I emerged from my unconsciousnesswhich could not, I think, have lasted more than a few minutesI
was aware of a most dreadful and penetrating smell. Putting out my hand in the darkness I came upon
something which felt like a huge lump of meat, while my other hand closed upon a large bone. Up above me
there was a circle of starlit sky, which showed me that I was lying at the bottom of a deep pit. Slowly I
staggered to my feet and felt myself all over. I was stiff and sore from head to foot, but there was no limb
which would not move, no joint which would not bend. As the circumstances of my fall came back into my
confused brain, I looked up in terror, expecting to see that dreadful head silhouetted against the paling sky.
There was no sign of the monster, however, nor could I hear any sound from above. I began to walk slowly
round, therefore, feeling in every direction to find out what this strange place could be into which I had been
so opportunely precipitated.
The Lost World
The Lost World 79
Page No 82
It was, as I have said, a pit, with sharplysloping walls and a level bottom about twenty feet across. This
bottom was littered with great gobbets of flesh, most of which was in the last state of putridity. The
atmosphere was poisonous and horrible. After tripping and stumbling over these lumps of decay, I came
suddenly against something hard, and I found that an upright post was firmly fixed in the center of the
hollow. It was so high that I could not reach the top of it with my hand, and it appeared to be covered with
grease.
Suddenly I remembered that I had a tin box of waxvestas in my pocket. Striking one of them, I was able at
last to form some opinion of this place into which I had fallen. There could be no question as to its nature. It
was a trapmade by the hand of man. The post in the center, some nine feet long, was sharpened at the
upper end, and was black with the stale blood of the creatures who had been impaled upon it. The remains
scattered about were fragments of the victims, which had been cut away in order to clear the stake for the
next who might blunder in. I remembered that Challenger had declared that man could not exist upon the
plateau, since with his feeble weapons he could not hold his own against the monsters who roamed over it.
But now it was clear enough how it could be done. In their narrowmouthed caves the natives, whoever they
might be, had refuges into which the huge saurians could not penetrate, while with their developed brains
they were capable of setting such traps, covered with branches, across the paths which marked the run of the
animals as would destroy them in spite of all their strength and activity. Man was always the master.
The sloping wall of the pit was not difficult for an active man to climb, but I hesitated long before I trusted
myself within reach of the dreadful creature which had so nearly destroyed me. How did I know that he was
not lurking in the nearest clump of bushes, waiting for my reappearance? I took heart, however, as I recalled
a conversation between Challenger and Summerlee upon the habits of the great saurians. Both were agreed
that the monsters were practically brainless, that there was no room for reason in their tiny cranial cavities,
and that if they have disappeared from the rest of the world it was assuredly on account of their own
stupidity, which made it impossible for them to adapt themselves to changing conditions.
To lie in wait for me now would mean that the creature had appreciated what had happened to me, and this in
turn would argue some power connecting cause and effect. Surely it was more likely that a brainless creature,
acting solely by vague predatory instinct, would give up the chase when I disappeared, and, after a pause of
astonishment, would wander away in search of some other prey? I clambered to the edge of the pit and
looked over. The stars were fading, the sky was whitening, and the cold wind of morning blew pleasantly
upon my face. I could see or hear nothing of my enemy. Slowly I climbed out and sat for a while upon the
ground, ready to spring back into my refuge if any danger should appear. Then, reassured by the absolute
stillness and by the growing light, I took my courage in both hands and stole back along the path which I had
come. Some distance down it I picked up my gun, and shortly afterwards struck the brook which was my
guide. So, with many a frightened backward glance, I made for home.
And suddenly there came something to remind me of my absent companions. In the clear, still morning air
there sounded far away the sharp, hard note of a single rifleshot. I paused and listened, but there was
nothing more. For a moment I was shocked at the thought that some sudden danger might have befallen them.
But then a simpler and more natural explanation came to my mind. It was now broad daylight. No doubt my
absence had been noticed. They had imagined, that I was lost in the woods, and had fired this shot to guide
me home. It is true that we had made a strict resolution against firing, but if it seemed to them that I might be
in danger they would not hesitate. It was for me now to hurry on as fast as possible, and so to reassure them.
I was weary and spent, so my progress was not so fast as I wished; but at last I came into regions which I
knew. There was the swamp of the pterodactyls upon my left; there in front of me was the glade of the
iguanodons. Now I was in the last belt of trees which separated me from Fort Challenger. I raised my voice in
a cheery shout to allay their fears. No answering greeting came back to me. My heart sank at that ominous
stillness. I quickened my pace into a run. The zareba rose before me, even as I had left it, but the gate was
The Lost World
The Lost World 80
Page No 83
open. I rushed in. In the cold, morning light it was a fearful sight which met my eyes. Our effects were
scattered in wild confusion over the ground; my comrades had disappeared, and close to the smouldering
ashes of our fire the grass was stained crimson with a hideous pool of blood.
I was so stunned by this sudden shock that for a time I must have nearly lost my reason. I have a vague
recollection, as one remembers a bad dream, of rushing about through the woods all round the empty camp,
calling wildly for my companions. No answer came back from the silent shadows. The horrible thought that I
might never see them again, that I might find myself abandoned all alone in that dreadful place, with no
possible way of descending into the world below, that I might live and die in that nightmare country, drove
me to desperation. I could have torn my hair and beaten my head in my despair. Only now did I realize how I
had learned to lean upon my companions, upon the serene selfconfidence of Challenger, and upon the
masterful, humorous coolness of Lord John Roxton. Without them I was like a child in the dark, helpless and
powerless. I did not know which way to turn or what I should do first.
After a period, during which I sat in bewilderment, I set myself to try and discover what sudden misfortune
could have befallen my companions. The whole disordered appearance of the camp showed that there had
been some sort of attack, and the rifleshot no doubt marked the time when it had occurred. That there should
have been only one shot showed that it had been all over in an instant. The rifles still lay upon the ground,
and one of themLord John'shad the empty cartridge in the breech. The blankets of Challenger and of
Summerlee beside the fire suggested that they had been asleep at the time. The cases of ammunition and of
food were scattered about in a wild litter, together with our unfortunate cameras and platecarriers, but none
of them were missing. On the other hand, all the exposed provisionsand I remembered that there were a
considerable quantity of themwere gone. They were animals, then, and not natives, who had made the
inroad, for surely the latter would have left nothing behind.
But if animals, or some single terrible animal, then what had become of my comrades? A ferocious beast
would surely have destroyed them and left their remains. It is true that there was that one hideous pool of
blood, which told of violence. Such a monster as had pursued me during the night could have carried away a
victim as easily as a cat would a mouse. In that case the others would have followed in pursuit. But then they
would assuredly have taken their rifles with them. The more I tried to think it out with my confused and
weary brain the less could I find any plausible explanation. I searched round in the forest, but could see no
tracks which could help me to a conclusion. Once I lost myself, and it was only by good luck, and after an
hour of wandering, that I found the camp once more.
Suddenly a thought came to me and brought some little comfort to my heart. I was not absolutely alone in the
world. Down at the bottom of the cliff, and within call of me, was waiting the faithful Zambo. I went to the
edge of the plateau and looked over. Sure enough, he was squatting among his blankets beside his fire in his
little camp. But, to my amazement, a second man was seated in front of him. For an instant my heart leaped
for joy, as I thought that one of my comrades had made his way safely down. But a second glance dispelled
the hope. The rising sun shone red upon the man's skin. He was an Indian. I shouted loudly and waved my
handkerchief. Presently Zambo looked up, waved his hand, and turned to ascend the pinnacle. In a short time
he was standing close to me and listening with deep distress to the story which I told him.
"Devil got them for sure, Massa Malone," said he. "You got into the devil's country, sah, and he take you all
to himself. You take advice, Massa Malone, and come down quick, else he get you as well."
"How can I come down, Zambo?"
"You get creepers from trees, Massa Malone. Throw them over here. I make fast to this stump, and so you
have bridge."
The Lost World
The Lost World 81
Page No 84
"We have thought of that. There are no creepers here which could bear us."
"Send for ropes, Massa Malone."
"Who can I send, and where?"
"Send to Indian villages, sah. Plenty hide rope in Indian village. Indian down below; send him."
"Who is he?
"One of our Indians. Other ones beat him and take away his pay. He come back to us. Ready now to take
letter, bring rope,anything."
To take a letter! Why not? Perhaps he might bring help; but in any case he would ensure that our lives were
not spent for nothing, and that news of all that we had won for Science should reach our friends at home. I
had two completed letters already waiting. I would spend the day in writing a third, which would bring my
experiences absolutely up to date. The Indian could bear this back to the world. I ordered Zambo, therefore,
to come again in the evening, and I spent my miserable and lonely day in recording my own adventures of the
night before. I also drew up a note, to be given to any white merchant or captain of a steamboat whom the
Indian could find, imploring them to see that ropes were sent to us, since our lives must depend upon it.
These documents I threw to Zambo in the evening, and also my purse, which contained three English
sovereigns. These were to be given to the Indian, and he was promised twice as much if he returned with the
ropes.
So now you will understand, my dear Mr. McArdle, how this communication reaches you, and you will also
know the truth, in case you never hear again from your unfortunate correspondent. Tonight I am too weary
and too depressed to make my plans. Tomorrow I must think out some way by which I shall keep in touch
with this camp, and yet search round for any traces of my unhappy friends.
CHAPTER XIII. "A Sight which I shall Never Forget"
Just as the sun was setting upon that melancholy night I saw the lonely figure of the Indian upon the vast
plain beneath me, and I watched him, our one faint hope of salvation, until he disappeared in the rising mists
of evening which lay, rosetinted from the setting sun, between the faroff river and me.
It was quite dark when I at last turned back to our stricken camp, and my last vision as I went was the red
gleam of Zambo's fire, the one point of light in the wide world below, as was his faithful presence in my own
shadowed soul. And yet I felt happier than I had done since this crushing blow had fallen upon me, for it was
good to think that the world should know what we had done, so that at the worst our names should not perish
with our bodies, but should go down to posterity associated with the result of our labors.
It was an awesome thing to sleep in that illfated camp; and yet it was even more unnerving to do so in the
jungle. One or the other it must be. Prudence, on the one hand, warned me that I should remain on guard, but
exhausted Nature, on the other, declared that I should do nothing of the kind. I climbed up on to a limb of the
great gingko tree, but there was no secure perch on its rounded surface, and I should certainly have fallen off
and broken my neck the moment I began to doze. I got down, therefore, and pondered over what I should do.
Finally, I closed the door of the zareba, lit three separate fires in a triangle, and having eaten a hearty supper
dropped off into a profound sleep, from which I had a strange and most welcome awakening. In the early
morning, just as day was breaking, a hand was laid upon my arm, and starting up, with all my nerves in a
tingle and my hand feeling for a rifle, I gave a cry of joy as in the cold gray light I saw Lord John Roxton
kneeling beside me.
The Lost World
The Lost World 82
Page No 85
It was heand yet it was not he. I had left him calm in his bearing, correct in his person, prim in his dress.
Now he was pale and wildeyed, gasping as he breathed like one who has run far and fast. His gaunt face
was scratched and bloody, his clothes were hanging in rags, and his hat was gone. I stared in amazement, but
he gave me no chance for questions. He was grabbing at our stores all the time he spoke.
"Quick, young fellah! Quick!" he cried. "Every moment counts. Get the rifles, both of them. I have the other
two. Now, all the cartridges you can gather. Fill up your pockets. Now, some food. Half a dozen tins will do.
That's all right! Don't wait to talk or think. Get a move on, or we are done!"
Still halfawake, and unable to imagine what it all might mean, I found myself hurrying madly after him
through the wood, a rifle under each arm and a pile of various stores in my hands. He dodged in and out
through the thickest of the scrub until he came to a dense clump of brushwood. Into this he rushed,
regardless of thorns, and threw himself into the heart of it, pulling me down by his side.
"There!" he panted. "I think we are safe here. They'll make for the camp as sure as fate. It will be their first
idea. But this should puzzle 'em."
"What is it all?" I asked, when I had got my breath. "Where are the professors? And who is it that is after us?"
"The apemen," he cried. "My God, what brutes! Don't raise your voice, for they have long earssharp
eyes, too, but no power of scent, so far as I could judge, so I don't think they can sniff us out. Where have you
been, young fellah? You were well out of it."
In a few sentences I whispered what I had done.
"Pretty bad," said he, when he had heard of the dinosaur and the pit. "It isn't quite the place for a rest cure.
What? But I had no idea what its possibilities were until those devils got hold of us. The maneatin' Papuans
had me once, but they are Chesterfields compared to this crowd."
"How did it happen?" I asked.
"It was in the early mornin'. Our learned friends were just stirrin'. Hadn't even begun to argue yet. Suddenly it
rained apes. They came down as thick as apples out of a tree. They had been assemblin' in the dark, I
suppose, until that great tree over our heads was heavy with them. I shot one of them through the belly, but
before we knew where we were they had us spreadeagled on our backs. I call them apes, but they carried
sticks and stones in their hands and jabbered talk to each other, and ended up by tyin' our hands with
creepers, so they are ahead of any beast that I have seen in my wanderin's. Apementhat's what they
areMissin' Links, and I wish they had stayed missin'. They carried off their wounded comradehe was
bleedin' like a pigand then they sat around us, and if ever I saw frozen murder it was in their faces. They
were big fellows, as big as a man and a deal stronger. Curious glassy gray eyes they have, under red tufts, and
they just sat and gloated and gloated. Challenger is no chicken, but even he was cowed. He managed to
struggle to his feet, and yelled out at them to have done with it and get it over. I think he had gone a bit off
his head at the suddenness of it, for he raged and cursed at them like a lunatic. If they had been a row of his
favorite Pressmen he could not have slanged them worse."
"Well, what did they do?" I was enthralled by the strange story which my companion was whispering into my
ear, while all the time his keen eyes were shooting in every direction and his hand grasping his cocked rifle.
"I thought it was the end of us, but instead of that it started them on a new line. They all jabbered and
chattered together. Then one of them stood out beside Challenger. You'll smile, young fellah, but 'pon my
word they might have been kinsmen. I couldn't have believed it if I hadn't seen it with my own eyes. This old
The Lost World
The Lost World 83
Page No 86
apemanhe was their chiefwas a sort of red Challenger, with every one of our friend's beauty points,
only just a trifle more so. He had the short body, the big shoulders, the round chest, no neck, a great ruddy
frill of a beard, the tufted eyebrows, the `What do you want, damn you!' look about the eyes, and the whole
catalogue. When the apeman stood by Challenger and put his paw on his shoulder, the thing was complete.
Summerlee was a bit hysterical, and he laughed till he cried. The apemen laughed too or at least they put
up the devil of a cacklin'and they set to work to drag us off through the forest. They wouldn't touch the
guns and thingsthought them dangerous, I expectbut they carried away all our loose food. Summerlee
and I got some rough handlin' on the waythere's my skin and my clothes to prove itfor they took us a
beeline through the brambles, and their own hides are like leather. But Challenger was all right. Four of
them carried him shoulder high, and he went like a Roman emperor. What's that?"
It was a strange clicking noise in the distance not unlike castanets.
"There they go!" said my companion, slipping cartridges into the second double barrelled "Express." "Load
them all up, young fellah my lad, for we're not going to be taken alive, and don't you think it! That's the row
they make when they are excited. By George! they'll have something to excite them if they put us up. The
`Last Stand of the Grays' won't be in it. `With their rifles grasped in their stiffened hands, mid a ring of the
dead and dyin',' as some fathead sings. Can you hear them now?"
"Very far away."
"That little lot will do no good, but I expect their search parties are all over the wood. Well, I was telling you
my tale of woe. They got us soon to this town of theirsabout a thousand huts of branches and leaves in a
great grove of trees near the edge of the cliff. It's three or four miles from here. The filthy beasts fingered me
all over, and I feel as if I should never be clean again. They tied us upthe fellow who handled me could tie
like a bosunand there we lay with our toes up, beneath a tree, while a great brute stood guard over us with
a club in his hand. When I say `we' I mean Summerlee and myself. Old Challenger was up a tree, eatin' pines
and havin' the time of his life. I'm bound to say that he managed to get some fruit to us, and with his own
hands he loosened our bonds. If you'd seen him sitting up in that tree hobnobbin' with his twin brotherand
singin' in that rollin' bass of his, `Ring out, wild bells,' cause music of any kind seemed to put 'em in a good
humor, you'd have smiled; but we weren't in much mood for laughin', as you can guess. They were inclined,
within limits, to let him do what he liked, but they drew the line pretty sharply at us. It was a mighty
consolation to us all to know that you were runnin' loose and had the archives in your keepin'.
"Well, now, young fellah, I'll tell you what will surprise you. You say you saw signs of men, and fires, traps,
and the like. Well, we have seen the natives themselves. Poor devils they were, downfaced little chaps, and
had enough to make them so. It seems that the humans hold one side of this plateauover yonder, where you
saw the cavesand the apemen hold this side, and there is bloody war between them all the time. That's the
situation, so far as I could follow it. Well, yesterday the apemen got hold of a dozen of the humans and
brought them in as prisoners. You never heard such a jabberin' and shriekin' in your life. The men were little
red fellows, and had been bitten and clawed so that they could hardly walk. The apemen put two of them to
death there and thenfairly pulled the arm off one of themit was perfectly beastly. Plucky little chaps
they are, and hardly gave a squeak. But it turned us absolutely sick. Summerlee fainted, and even Challenger
had as much as he could stand. I think they have cleared, don't you?"
We listened intently, but nothing save the calling of the birds broke the deep peace of the forest. Lord Roxton
went on with his story.
"I Think you have had the escape of your life, young fellah my lad. It was catchin' those Indians that put you
clean out of their heads, else they would have been back to the camp for you as sure as fate and gathered you
in. Of course, as you said, they have been watchin' us from the beginnin' out of that tree, and they knew
The Lost World
The Lost World 84
Page No 87
perfectly well that we were one short. However, they could think only of this new haul; so it was I, and not a
bunch of apes, that dropped in on you in the morning. Well, we had a horrid business afterwards. My God!
what a nightmare the whole thing is! You remember the great bristle of sharp canes down below where we
found the skeleton of the American? Well, that is just under apetown, and that's the jumpin'off place of
their prisoners. I expect there's heaps of skeletons there, if we looked for 'em. They have a sort of clear
paradeground on the top, and they make a proper ceremony about it. One by one the poor devils have to
jump, and the game is to see whether they are merely dashed to pieces or whether they get skewered on the
canes. They took us out to see it, and the whole tribe lined up on the edge. Four of the Indians jumped, and
the canes went through 'em like knittin' needles through a pat of butter. No wonder we found that poor
Yankee's skeleton with the canes growin' between his ribs. It was horriblebut it was doocedly interestin'
too. We were all fascinated to see them take the dive, even when we thought it would be our turn next on the
springboard.
"Well, it wasn't. They kept six of the Indians up for today that's how I understood itbut I fancy we
were to be the star performers in the show. Challenger might get off, but Summerlee and I were in the bill.
Their language is more than half signs, and it was not hard to follow them. So I thought it was time we made
a break for it. I had been plottin' it out a bit, and had one or two things clear in my mind. It was all on me, for
Summerlee was useless and Challenger not much better. The only time they got together they got slangin'
because they couldn't agree upon the scientific classification of these redheaded devils that had got hold of
us. One said it was the dryopithecus of Java, the other said it was pithecanthropus. Madness, I call
itLoonies, both. But, as I say, I had thought out one or two points that were helpful. One was that these
brutes could not run as fast as a man in the open. They have short, bandy legs, you see, and heavy bodies.
Even Challenger could give a few yards in a hundred to the best of them, and you or I would be a perfect
Shrubb. Another point was that they knew nothin' about guns. I don't believe they ever understood how the
fellow I shot came by his hurt. If we could get at our guns there was no sayin' what we could do.
"So I broke away early this mornin', gave my guard a kick in the tummy that laid him out, and sprinted for
the camp. There I got you and the guns, and here we are."
"But the professors!" I cried, in consternation.
"Well, we must just go back and fetch 'em. I couldn't bring 'em with me. Challenger was up the tree, and
Summerlee was not fit for the effort. The only chance was to get the guns and try a rescue. Of course they
may scupper them at once in revenge. I don't think they would touch Challenger, but I wouldn't answer for
Summerlee. But they would have had him in any case. Of that I am certain. So I haven't made matters any
worse by boltin'. But we are honor bound to go back and have them out or see it through with them. So you
can make up your soul, young fellah my lad, for it will be one way or the other before evenin'."
I have tried to imitate here Lord Roxton's jerky talk, his short, strong sentences, the halfhumorous,
halfreckless tone that ran through it all. But he was a born leader. As danger thickened his jaunty manner
would increase, his speech become more racy, his cold eyes glitter into ardent life, and his Don Quixote
moustache bristle with joyous excitement. His love of danger, his intense appreciation of the drama of an
adventureall the more intense for being held tightly inhis consistent view that every peril in life is a
form of sport, a fierce game betwixt you and Fate, with Death as a forfeit, made him a wonderful companion
at such hours. If it were not for our fears as to the fate of our companions, it would have been a positive joy to
throw myself with such a man into such an affair. We were rising from our brushwood hidingplace when
suddenly I felt his grip upon my arm.
"By George!" he whispered, "here they come!"
The Lost World
The Lost World 85
Page No 88
From where we lay we could look down a brown aisle, arched with green, formed by the trunks and branches.
Along this a party of the apemen were passing. They went in single file, with bent legs and rounded backs,
their hands occasionally touching the ground, their heads turning to left and right as they trotted along. Their
crouching gait took away from their height, but I should put them at five feet or so, with long arms and
enormous chests. Many of them carried sticks, and at the distance they looked like a line of very hairy and
deformed human beings. For a moment I caught this clear glimpse of them. Then they were lost among the
bushes.
"Not this time," said Lord John, who had caught up his rifle. "Our best chance is to lie quiet until they have
given up the search. Then we shall see whether we can't get back to their town and hit 'em where it hurts
most. Give 'em an hour and we'll march."
We filled in the time by opening one of our food tins and making sure of our breakfast. Lord Roxton had had
nothing but some fruit since the morning before and ate like a starving man. Then, at last, our pockets bulging
with cartridges and a rifle in each hand, we started off upon our mission of rescue. Before leaving it we
carefully marked our little hidingplace among the brushwood and its bearing to Fort Challenger, that we
might find it again if we needed it. We slunk through the bushes in silence until we came to the very edge of
the cliff, close to the old camp. There we halted, and Lord John gave me some idea of his plans.
"So long as we are among the thick trees these swine are our masters, said he. They can see us and we cannot
see them. But in the open it is different. There we can move faster than they. So we must stick to the open all
we can. The edge of the plateau has fewer large trees than further inland. So that's our line of advance. Go
slowly, keep your eyes open and your rifle ready. Above all, never let them get you prisoner while there is a
cartridge leftthat's my last word to you, young fellah."
When we reached the edge of the cliff I looked over and saw our good old black Zambo sitting smoking on a
rock below us. I would have given a great deal to have hailed him and told him how we were placed, but it
was too dangerous, lest we should be heard. The woods seemed to be full of the apemen; again and again
we heard their curious clicking chatter. At such times we plunged into the nearest clump of bushes and lay
still until the sound had passed away. Our advance, therefore, was very slow, and two hours at least must
have passed before I saw by Lord John's cautious movements that we must be close to our destination. He
motioned to me to lie still, and he crawled forward himself. In a minute he was back again, his face quivering
with eagerness.
"Come!" said he. "Come quick! I hope to the Lord we are not too late already!
I found myself shaking with nervous excitement as I scrambled forward and lay down beside him, looking
out through the bushes at a clearing which stretched before us.
It was a sight which I shall never forget until my dying dayso weird, so impossible, that I do not know how
I am to make you realize it, or how in a few years I shall bring myself to believe in it if I live to sit once more
on a lounge in the Savage Club and look out on the drab solidity of the Embankment. I know that it will seem
then to be some wild nightmare, some delirium of fever. Yet I will set it down now, while it is still fresh in
my memory, and one at least, the man who lay in the damp grasses by my side, will know if I have lied.
A wide, open space lay before ussome hundreds of yards acrossall green turf and low bracken growing
to the very edge of the cliff. Round this clearing there was a semicircle of trees with curious huts built of
foliage piled one above the other among the branches. A rookery, with every nest a little house, would best
convey the idea. The openings of these huts and the branches of the trees were thronged with a dense mob of
apepeople, whom from their size I took to be the females and infants of the tribe. They formed the
background of the picture, and were all looking out with eager interest at the same scene which fascinated
The Lost World
The Lost World 86
Page No 89
and bewildered us.
In the open, and near the edge of the cliff, there had assembled a crowd of some hundred of these shaggy,
redhaired creatures, many of them of immense size, and all of them horrible to look upon. There was a
certain discipline among them, for none of them attempted to break the line which had been formed. In front
there stood a small group of Indianslittle, cleanlimbed, red fellows, whose skins glowed like polished
bronze in the strong sunlight. A tall, thin white man was standing beside them, his head bowed, his arms
folded, his whole attitude expressive of his horror and dejection. There was no mistaking the angular form of
Professor Summerlee.
In front of and around this dejected group of prisoners were several apemen, who watched them closely and
made all escape impossible. Then, right out from all the others and close to the edge of the cliff, were two
figures, so strange, and under other circumstances so ludicrous, that they absorbed my attention. The one was
our comrade, Professor Challenger. The remains of his coat still hung in strips from his shoulders, but his
shirt had been all torn out, and his great beard merged itself in the black tangle which covered his mighty
chest. He had lost his hat, and his hair, which had grown long in our wanderings, was flying in wild disorder.
A single day seemed to have changed him from the highest product of modern civilization to the most
desperate savage in South America. Beside him stood his master, the king of the apemen. In all things he
was, as Lord John had said, the very image of our Professor, save that his coloring was red instead of black.
The same short, broad figure, the same heavy shoulders, the same forward hang of the arms, the same
bristling beard merging itself in the hairy chest. Only above the eyebrows, where the sloping forehead and
low, curved skull of the apeman were in sharp contrast to the broad brow and magnificent cranium of the
European, could one see any marked difference. At every other point the king was an absurd parody of the
Professor.
All this, which takes me so long to describe, impressed itself upon me in a few seconds. Then we had very
different things to think of, for an active drama was in progress. Two of the apemen had seized one of the
Indians out of the group and dragged him forward to the edge of the cliff. The king raised his hand as a
signal. They caught the man by his leg and arm, and swung him three times backwards and forwards with
tremendous violence. Then, with a frightful heave they shot the poor wretch over the precipice. With such
force did they throw him that he curved high in the air before beginning to drop. As he vanished from sight,
the whole assembly, except the guards, rushed forward to the edge of the precipice, and there was a long
pause of absolute silence, broken by a mad yell of delight. They sprang about, tossing their long, hairy arms
in the air and howling with exultation. Then they fell back from the edge, formed themselves again into line,
and waited for the next victim.
This time it was Summerlee. Two of his guards caught him by the wrists and pulled him brutally to the front.
His thin figure and long limbs struggled and fluttered like a chicken being dragged from a coop. Challenger
had turned to the king and waved his hands frantically before him. He was begging, pleading, imploring for
his comrade's life. The apeman pushed him roughly aside and shook his head. It was the last conscious
movement he was to make upon earth. Lord John's rifle cracked, and the king sank down, a tangled red
sprawling thing, upon the ground.
"Shoot into the thick of them! Shoot! sonny, shoot!" cried my companion.
There are strange red depths in the soul of the most commonplace man. I am tenderhearted by nature, and
have found my eyes moist many a time over the scream of a wounded hare. Yet the blood lust was on me
now. I found myself on my feet emptying one magazine, then the other, clicking open the breech to reload,
snapping it to again, while cheering and yelling with pure ferocity and joy of slaughter as I did so. With our
four guns the two of us made a horrible havoc. Both the guards who held Summerlee were down, and he was
staggering about like a drunken man in his amazement, unable to realize that he was a free man. The dense
The Lost World
The Lost World 87
Page No 90
mob of apemen ran about in bewilderment, marveling whence this storm of death was coming or what it
might mean. They waved, gesticulated, screamed, and tripped up over those who had fallen. Then, with a
sudden impulse, they all rushed in a howling crowd to the trees for shelter, leaving the ground behind them
spotted with their stricken comrades. The prisoners were left for the moment standing alone in the middle of
the clearing.
Challenger's quick brain had grasped the situation. He seized the bewildered Summerlee by the arm, and they
both ran towards us. Two of their guards bounded after them and fell to two bullets from Lord John. We ran
forward into the open to meet our friends, and pressed a loaded rifle into the hands of each. But Summerlee
was at the end of his strength. He could hardly totter. Already the apemen were recovering from their panic.
They were coming through the brushwood and threatening to cut us off. Challenger and I ran Summerlee
along, one at each of his elbows, while Lord John covered our retreat, firing again and again as savage heads
snarled at us out of the bushes. For a mile or more the chattering brutes were at our very heels. Then the
pursuit slackened, for they learned our power and would no longer face that unerring rifle. When we had at
last reached the camp, we looked back and found ourselves alone.
So it seemed to us; and yet we were mistaken. We had hardly closed the thornbush door of our zareba,
clasped each other's hands, and thrown ourselves panting upon the ground beside our spring, when we heard
a patter of feet and then a gentle, plaintive crying from outside our entrance. Lord Roxton rushed forward,
rifle in hand, and threw it open. There, prostrate upon their faces, lay the little red figures of the four
surviving Indians, trembling with fear of us and yet imploring our protection. With an expressive sweep of
his hands one of them pointed to the woods around them, and indicated that they were full of danger. Then,
darting forward, he threw his arms round Lord John's legs, and rested his face upon them.
"By George!" cried our peer, pulling at his moustache in great perplexity, "I saywhat the deuce are we to
do with these people? Get up, little chappie, and take your face off my boots."
Summerlee was sitting up and stuffing some tobacco into his old briar.
"We've got to see them safe," said he. "You've pulled us all out of the jaws of death. My word! it was a good
bit of work!"
"Admirable!" cried Challenger. "Admirable! Not only we as individuals, but European science collectively,
owe you a deep debt of gratitude for what you have done. I do not hesitate to say that the disappearance of
Professor Summerlee and myself would have left an appreciable gap in modern zoological history. Our
young friend here and you have done most excellently well."
He beamed at us with the old paternal smile, but European science would have been somewhat amazed could
they have seen their chosen child, the hope of the future, with his tangled, unkempt head, his bare chest, and
his tattered clothes. He had one of the meattins between his knees, and sat with a large piece of cold
Australian mutton between his fingers. The Indian looked up at him, and then, with a little yelp, cringed to
the ground and clung to Lord John's leg.
"Don't you be scared, my bonnie boy," said Lord John, patting the matted head in front of him. "He can't stick
your appearance, Challenger; and, by George! I don't wonder. All right, little chap, he's only a human, just the
same as the rest of us."
"Really, sir!" cried the Professor.
"Well, it's lucky for you, Challenger, that you ARE a little out of the ordinary. If you hadn't been so like the
king"
The Lost World
The Lost World 88
Page No 91
"Upon my word, Lord John, you allow yourself great latitude."
"Well, it's a fact."
"I beg, sir, that you will change the subject. Your remarks are irrelevant and unintelligible. The question
before us is what are we to do with these Indians? The obvious thing is to escort them home, if we knew
where their home was."
"There is no difficulty about that," said I. "They live in the caves on the other side of the central lake."
"Our young friend here knows where they live. I gather that it is some distance."
"A good twenty miles," said I.
Summerlee gave a groan.
"I, for one, could never get there. Surely I hear those brutes still howling upon our track."
As he spoke, from the dark recesses of the woods we heard far away the jabbering cry of the apemen. The
Indians once more set up a feeble wail of fear.
"We must move, and move quick!" said Lord John. "You help Summerlee, young fellah. These Indians will
carry stores. Now, then, come along before they can see us."
In less than halfanhour we had reached our brushwood retreat and concealed ourselves. All day we heard
the excited calling of the apemen in the direction of our old camp, but none of them came our way, and the
tired fugitives, red and white, had a long, deep sleep. I was dozing myself in the evening when someone
plucked my sleeve, and I found Challenger kneeling beside me.
"You keep a diary of these events, and you expect eventually to publish it, Mr. Malone," said he, with
solemnity.
"I am only here as a Press reporter," I answered.
"Exactly. You may have heard some rather fatuous remarks of Lord John Roxton's which seemed to imply
that there was some some resemblance"
"Yes, I heard them."
"I need not say that any publicity given to such an ideaany levity in your narrative of what
occurredwould be exceedingly offensive to me."
"I will keep well within the truth."
"Lord John's observations are frequently exceedingly fanciful, and he is capable of attributing the most
absurd reasons to the respect which is always shown by the most undeveloped races to dignity and character.
You follow my meaning?"
"Entirely."
The Lost World
The Lost World 89
Page No 92
"I leave the matter to your discretion." Then, after a long pause, he added: "The king of the apemen was
really a creature of great distinctiona most remarkably handsome and intelligent personality. Did it not
strike you?"
"A most remarkable creature," said I.
And the Professor, much eased in his mind, settled down to his slumber once more.
CHAPTER XIV. "Those Were the Real Conquests"
We had imagined that our pursuers, the apemen, knew nothing of our brushwood hidingplace, but we
were soon to find out our mistake. There was no sound in the woodsnot a leaf moved upon the trees, and
all was peace around usbut we should have been warned by our first experience how cunningly and how
patiently these creatures can watch and wait until their chance comes. Whatever fate may be mine through
life, I am very sure that I shall never be nearer death than I was that morning. But I will tell you the thing in
its due order.
We all awoke exhausted after the terrific emotions and scanty food of yesterday. Summerlee was still so
weak that it was an effort for him to stand; but the old man was full of a sort of surly courage which would
never admit defeat. A council was held, and it was agreed that we should wait quietly for an hour or two
where we were, have our muchneeded breakfast, and then make our way across the plateau and round the
central lake to the caves where my observations had shown that the Indians lived. We relied upon the fact that
we could count upon the good word of those whom we had rescued to ensure a warm welcome from their
fellows. Then, with our mission accomplished and possessing a fuller knowledge of the secrets of Maple
White Land, we should turn our whole thoughts to the vital problem of our escape and return. Even
Challenger was ready to admit that we should then have done all for which we had come, and that our first
duty from that time onwards was to carry back to civilization the amazing discoveries we had made.
We were able now to take a more leisurely view of the Indians whom we had rescued. They were small men,
wiry, active, and wellbuilt, with lank black hair tied up in a bunch behind their heads with a leathern thong,
and leathern also were their loinclothes. Their faces were hairless, well formed, and goodhumored. The
lobes of their ears, hanging ragged and bloody, showed that they had been pierced for some ornaments which
their captors had torn out. Their speech, though unintelligible to us, was fluent among themselves, and as
they pointed to each other and uttered the word "Accala" many times over, we gathered that this was the
name of the nation. Occasionally, with faces which were convulsed with fear and hatred, they shook their
clenched hands at the woods round and cried: "Doda! Doda!" which was surely their term for their enemies.
What do you make of them, Challenger?" asked Lord John. "One thing is very clear to me, and that is that the
little chap with the front of his head shaved is a chief among them."
It was indeed evident that this man stood apart from the others, and that they never ventured to address him
without every sign of deep respect. He seemed to be the youngest of them all, and yet, so proud and high was
his spirit that, upon Challenger laying his great hand upon his head, he started like a spurred horse and, with a
quick flash of his dark eyes, moved further away from the Professor. Then, placing his hand upon his breast
and holding himself with great dignity, he uttered the word "Maretas" several times. The Professor,
unabashed, seized the nearest Indian by the shoulder and proceeded to lecture upon him as if he were a potted
specimen in a classroom.
"The type of these people," said he in his sonorous fashion, "whether judged by cranial capacity, facial angle,
or any other test, cannot be regarded as a low one; on the contrary, we must place it as considerably higher in
the scale than many South American tribes which I can mention. On no possible supposition can we explain
The Lost World
The Lost World 90
Page No 93
the evolution of such a race in this place. For that matter, so great a gap separates these apemen from the
primitive animals which have survived upon this plateau, that it is inadmissible to think that they could have
developed where we find them."
"Then where the dooce did they drop from?" asked Lord John.
"A question which will, no doubt, be eagerly discussed in every scientific society in Europe and America,"
the Professor answered. "My own reading of the situation for what it is worth" he inflated his chest
enormously and looked insolently around him at the words "is that evolution has advanced under the
peculiar conditions of this country up to the vertebrate stage, the old types surviving and living on in
company with the newer ones. Thus we find such modern creatures as the tapiran animal with quite a
respectable length of pedigreethe great deer, and the anteater in the companionship of reptilian forms of
jurassic type. So much is clear. And now come the apemen and the Indian. What is the scientific mind to
think of their presence? I can only account for it by an invasion from outside. It is probable that there existed
an anthropoid ape in South America, who in past ages found his way to this place, and that he developed into
the creatures we have seen, some of which"here he looked hard at me"were of an appearance and shape
which, if it had been accompanied by corresponding intelligence, would, I do not hesitate to say, have
reflected credit upon any living race. As to the Indians I cannot doubt that they are more recent immigrants
from below. Under the stress of famine or of conquest they have made their way up here. Faced by ferocious
creatures which they had never before seen, they took refuge in the caves which our young friend has
described, but they have no doubt had a bitter fight to hold their own against wild beasts, and especially
against the apemen who would regard them as intruders, and wage a merciless war upon them with a
cunning which the larger beasts would lack. Hence the fact that their numbers appear to be limited. Well,
gentlemen, have I read you the riddle aright, or is there any point which you would query?"
Professor Summerlee for once was too depressed to argue, though he shook his head violently as a token of
general disagreement. Lord John merely scratched his scanty locks with the remark that he couldn't put up a
fight as he wasn't in the same weight or class. For my own part I performed my usual role of bringing things
down to a strictly prosaic and practical level by the remark that one of the Indians was missing.
"He has gone to fetch some water," said Lord Roxton. "We fitted him up with an empty beef tin and he is
off."
"To the old camp?" I asked.
"No, to the brook. It's among the trees there. It can't be more than a couple of hundred yards. But the beggar
is certainly taking his time."
"I'll go and look after him," said I. I picked up my rifle and strolled in the direction of the brook, leaving my
friends to lay out the scanty breakfast. It may seem to you rash that even for so short a distance I should quit
the shelter of our friendly thicket, but you will remember that we were many miles from Apetown, that so
far as we knew the creatures had not discovered our retreat, and that in any case with a rifle in my hands I had
no fear of them. I had not yet learned their cunning or their strength.
I could hear the murmur of our brook somewhere ahead of me, but there was a tangle of trees and brushwood
between me and it. I was making my way through this at a point which was just out of sight of my
companions, when, under one of the trees, I noticed something red huddled among the bushes. As I
approached it, I was shocked to see that it was the dead body of the missing Indian. He lay upon his side, his
limbs drawn up, and his head screwed round at a most unnatural angle, so that he seemed to be looking
straight over his own shoulder. I gave a cry to warn my friends that something was amiss, and running
forwards I stooped over the body. Surely my guardian angel was very near me then, for some instinct of fear,
The Lost World
The Lost World 91
Page No 94
or it may have been some faint rustle of leaves, made me glance upwards. Out of the thick green foliage
which hung low over my head, two long muscular arms covered with reddish hair were slowly descending.
Another instant and the great stealthy hands would have been round my throat. I sprang backwards, but quick
as I was, those hands were quicker still. Through my sudden spring they missed a fatal grip, but one of them
caught the back of my neck and the other one my face. I threw my hands up to protect my throat, and the next
moment the huge paw had slid down my face and closed over them. I was lifted lightly from the ground, and
I felt an intolerable pressure forcing my head back and back until the strain upon the cervical spine was more
than I could bear. My senses swam, but I still tore at the hand and forced it out from my chin. Looking up I
saw a frightful face with cold inexorable light blue eyes looking down into mine. There was something
hypnotic in those terrible eyes. I could struggle no longer. As the creature felt me grow limp in his grasp, two
white canines gleamed for a moment at each side of the vile mouth, and the grip tightened still more upon my
chin, forcing it always upwards and back. A thin, ovaltinted mist formed before my eyes and little silvery
bells tinkled in my ears. Dully and far off I heard the crack of a rifle and was feebly aware of the shock as I
was dropped to the earth, where I lay without sense or motion.
I awoke to find myself on my back upon the grass in our lair within the thicket. Someone had brought the
water from the brook, and Lord John was sprinkling my head with it, while Challenger and Summerlee were
propping me up, with concern in their faces. For a moment I had a glimpse of the human spirits behind their
scientific masks. It was really shock, rather than any injury, which had prostrated me, and in halfanhour, in
spite of aching head and stiff neck, I was sitting up and ready for anything.
"But you've had the escape of your life, young fellah my lad," said Lord Roxton. "When I heard your cry and
ran forward, and saw your head twisted halfoff and your stohwassers kickin' in the air, I thought we were
one short. I missed the beast in my flurry, but he dropped you all right and was off like a streak. By George! I
wish I had fifty men with rifles. I'd clear out the whole infernal gang of them and leave this country a bit
cleaner than we found it."
It was clear now that the apemen had in some way marked us down, and that we were watched on every
side. We had not so much to fear from them during the day, but they would be very likely to rush us by night;
so the sooner we got away from their neighborhood the better. On three sides of us was absolute forest, and
there we might find ourselves in an ambush. But on the fourth sidethat which sloped down in the direction
of the lakethere was only low scrub, with scattered trees and occasional open glades. It was, in fact, the
route which I had myself taken in my solitary journey, and it led us straight for the Indian caves. This then
must for every reason be our road.
One great regret we had, and that was to leave our old camp behind us, not only for the sake of the stores
which remained there, but even more because we were losing touch with Zambo, our link with the outside
world. However, we had a fair supply of cartridges and all our guns, so, for a time at least, we could look
after ourselves, and we hoped soon to have a chance of returning and restoring our communications with our
negro. He had faithfully promised to stay where he was, and we had not a doubt that he would be as good as
his word.
It was in the early afternoon that we started upon our journey. The young chief walked at our head as our
guide, but refused indignantly to carry any burden. Behind him came the two surviving Indians with our
scanty possessions upon their backs. We four white men walked in the rear with rifles loaded and ready. As
we started there broke from the thick silent woods behind us a sudden great ululation of the apemen, which
may have been a cheer of triumph at our departure or a jeer of contempt at our flight. Looking back we saw
only the dense screen of trees, but that longdrawn yell told us how many of our enemies lurked among
them. We saw no sign of pursuit, however, and soon we had got into more open country and beyond their
power.
The Lost World
The Lost World 92
Page No 95
As I tramped along, the rearmost of the four, I could not help smiling at the appearance of my three
companions in front. Was this the luxurious Lord John Roxton who had sat that evening in the Albany amidst
his Persian rugs and his pictures in the pink radiance of the tinted lights? And was this the imposing Professor
who had swelled behind the great desk in his massive study at Enmore Park? And, finally, could this be the
austere and prim figure which had risen before the meeting at the Zoological Institute? No three tramps that
one could have met in a Surrey lane could have looked more hopeless and bedraggled. We had, it is true,
been only a week or so upon the top of the plateau, but all our spare clothing was in our camp below, and the
one week had been a severe one upon us all, though least to me who had not to endure the handling of the
apemen. My three friends had all lost their hats, and had now bound handkerchiefs round their heads, their
clothes hung in ribbons about them, and their unshaven grimy faces were hardly to be recognized. Both
Summerlee and Challenger were limping heavily, while I still dragged my feet from weakness after the shock
of the morning, and my neck was as stiff as a board from the murderous grip that held it. We were indeed a
sorry crew, and I did not wonder to see our Indian companions glance back at us occasionally with horror and
amazement on their faces.
In the late afternoon we reached the margin of the lake, and as we emerged from the bush and saw the sheet
of water stretching before us our native friends set up a shrill cry of joy and pointed eagerly in front of them.
It was indeed a wonderful sight which lay before us. Sweeping over the glassy surface was a great flotilla of
canoes coming straight for the shore upon which we stood. They were some miles out when we first saw
them, but they shot forward with great swiftness, and were soon so near that the rowers could distinguish our
persons. Instantly a thunderous shout of delight burst from them, and we saw them rise from their seats,
waving their paddles and spears madly in the air. Then bending to their work once more, they flew across the
intervening water, beached their boats upon the sloping sand, and rushed up to us, prostrating themselves
with loud cries of greeting before the young chief. Finally one of them, an elderly man, with a necklace and
bracelet of great lustrous glass beads and the skin of some beautiful mottled ambercolored animal slung
over his shoulders, ran forward and embraced most tenderly the youth whom we had saved. He then looked at
us and asked some questions, after which he stepped up with much dignity and embraced us also each in turn.
Then, at his order, the whole tribe lay down upon the ground before us in homage. Personally I felt shy and
uncomfortable at this obsequious adoration, and I read the same feeling in the faces of Roxton and
Summerlee, but Challenger expanded like a flower in the sun.
"They may be undeveloped types," said he, stroking his beard and looking round at them, "but their
deportment in the presence of their superiors might be a lesson to some of our more advanced Europeans.
Strange how correct are the instincts of the natural man!"
It was clear that the natives had come out upon the warpath, for every man carried his speara long
bamboo tipped with bonehis bow and arrows, and some sort of club or stone battleaxe slung at his side.
Their dark, angry glances at the woods from which we had come, and the frequent repetition of the word
"Doda," made it clear enough that this was a rescue party who had set forth to save or revenge the old chief's
son, for such we gathered that the youth must be. A council was now held by the whole tribe squatting in a
circle, whilst we sat near on a slab of basalt and watched their proceedings. Two or three warriors spoke, and
finally our young friend made a spirited harangue with such eloquent features and gestures that we could
understand it all as clearly as if we had known his language.
"What is the use of returning?" he said. "Sooner or later the thing must be done. Your comrades have been
murdered. What if I have returned safe? These others have been done to death. There is no safety for any of
us. We are assembled now and ready." Then he pointed to us. "These strange men are our friends. They are
great fighters, and they hate the apemen even as we do. They command," here he pointed up to heaven, "the
thunder and the lightning. When shall we have such a chance again? Let us go forward, and either die now or
live for the future in safety. How else shall we go back unashamed to our women?"
The Lost World
The Lost World 93
Page No 96
The little red warriors hung upon the words of the speaker, and when he had finished they burst into a roar of
applause, waving their rude weapons in the air. The old chief stepped forward to us, and asked us some
questions, pointing at the same time to the woods. Lord John made a sign to him that he should wait for an
answer and then he turned to us.
"Well, it's up to you to say what you will do," said he; "for my part I have a score to settle with these
monkeyfolk, and if it ends by wiping them off the face of the earth I don't see that the earth need fret about
it. I'm goin' with our little red pals and I mean to see them through the scrap. What do you say, young fellah?"
"Of course I will come."
"And you, Challenger?"
"I will assuredly cooperate."
"And you, Summerlee?"
"We seem to be drifting very far from the object of this expedition, Lord John. I assure you that I little
thought when I left my professional chair in London that it was for the purpose of heading a raid of savages
upon a colony of anthropoid apes."
"To such base uses do we come," said Lord John, smiling. "But we are up against it, so what's the decision?"
"It seems a most questionable step," said Summerlee, argumentative to the last, "but if you are all going, I
hardly see how I can remain behind."
"Then it is settled," said Lord John, and turning to the chief he nodded and slapped his rifle.
The old fellow clasped our hands, each in turn, while his men cheered louder than ever. It was too late to
advance that night, so the Indians settled down into a rude bivouac. On all sides their fires began to glimmer
and smoke. Some of them who had disappeared into the jungle came back presently driving a young
iguanodon before them. Like the others, it had a daub of asphalt upon its shoulder, and it was only when we
saw one of the natives step forward with the air of an owner and give his consent to the beast's slaughter that
we understood at last that these great creatures were as much private property as a herd of cattle, and that
these symbols which had so perplexed us were nothing more than the marks of the owner. Helpless, torpid,
and vegetarian, with great limbs but a minute brain, they could be rounded up and driven by a child. In a few
minutes the huge beast had been cut up and slabs of him were hanging over a dozen camp fires, together with
great scaly ganoid fish which had been speared in the lake.
Summerlee had lain down and slept upon the sand, but we others roamed round the edge of the water, seeking
to learn something more of this strange country. Twice we found pits of blue clay, such as we had already
seen in the swamp of the pterodactyls. These were old volcanic vents, and for some reason excited the
greatest interest in Lord John. What attracted Challenger, on the other hand, was a bubbling, gurgling mud
geyser, where some strange gas formed great bursting bubbles upon the surface. He thrust a hollow reed into
it and cried out with delight like a schoolboy then he was able, on touching it with a lighted match, to cause a
sharp explosion and a blue flame at the far end of the tube. Still more pleased was he when, inverting a
leathern pouch over the end of the reed, and so filling it with the gas, he was able to send it soaring up into
the air.
"An inflammable gas, and one markedly lighter than the atmosphere. I should say beyond doubt that it
contained a considerable proportion of free hydrogen. The resources of G. E. C. are not yet exhausted, my
The Lost World
The Lost World 94
Page No 97
young friend. I may yet show you how a great mind molds all Nature to its use." He swelled with some secret
purpose, but would say no more.
There was nothing which we could see upon the shore which seemed to me so wonderful as the great sheet of
water before us. Our numbers and our noise had frightened all living creatures away, and save for a few
pterodactyls, which soared round high above our heads while they waited for the carrion, all was still around
the camp. But it was different out upon the rosetinted waters of the central lake. It boiled and heaved with
strange life. Great slatecolored backs and high serrated dorsal fins shot up with a fringe of silver, and then
rolled down into the depths again. The sandbanks far out were spotted with uncouth crawling forms, huge
turtles, strange saurians, and one great flat creature like a writhing, palpitating mat of black greasy leather,
which flopped its way slowly to the lake. Here and there high serpent heads projected out of the water,
cutting swiftly through it with a little collar of foam in front, and a long swirling wake behind, rising and
falling in graceful, swanlike undulations as they went. It was not until one of these creatures wriggled on to
a sandbank within a few hundred yards of us, and exposed a barrelshaped body and huge flippers behind
the long serpent neck, that Challenger, and Summerlee, who had joined us, broke out into their duet of
wonder and admiration.
"Plesiosaurus! A freshwater plesiosaurus!" cried Summerlee. "That I should have lived to see such a sight!
We are blessed, my dear Challenger, above all zoologists since the world began!"
It was not until the night had fallen, and the fires of our savage allies glowed red in the shadows, that our two
men of science could be dragged away from the fascinations of that primeval lake. Even in the darkness as
we lay upon the strand, we heard from time to time the snort and plunge of the huge creatures who lived
therein.
At earliest dawn our camp was astir and an hour later we had started upon our memorable expedition. Often
in my dreams have I thought that I might live to be a war correspondent. In what wildest one could I have
conceived the nature of the campaign which it should be my lot to report! Here then is my first despatch from
a field of battle:
Our numbers had been reinforced during the night by a fresh batch of natives from the caves, and we may
have been four or five hundred strong when we made our advance. A fringe of scouts was thrown out in
front, and behind them the whole force in a solid column made their way up the long slope of the bush
country until we were near the edge of the forest. Here they spread out into a long straggling line of spearmen
and bowmen. Roxton and Summerlee took their position upon the right flank, while Challenger and I were on
the left. It was a host of the stone age that we were accompanying to battlewe with the last word of the
gunsmith's art from St. James' Street and the Strand.
We had not long to wait for our enemy. A wild shrill clamor rose from the edge of the wood and suddenly a
body of apemen rushed out with clubs and stones, and made for the center of the Indian line. It was a valiant
move but a foolish one, for the great bandylegged creatures were slow of foot, while their opponents were
as active as cats. It was horrible to see the fierce brutes with foaming mouths and glaring eyes, rushing and
grasping, but forever missing their elusive enemies, while arrow after arrow buried itself in their hides. One
great fellow ran past me roaring with pain, with a dozen darts sticking from his chest and ribs. In mercy I put
a bullet through his skull, and he fell sprawling among the aloes. But this was the only shot fired, for the
attack had been on the center of the line, and the Indians there had needed no help of ours in repulsing it. Of
all the apemen who had rushed out into the open, I do not think that one got back to cover.
But the matter was more deadly when we came among the trees. For an hour or more after we entered the
wood, there was a desperate struggle in which for a time we hardly held our own. Springing out from among
the scrub the apemen with huge clubs broke in upon the Indians and often felled three or four of them before
The Lost World
The Lost World 95
Page No 98
they could be speared. Their frightful blows shattered everything upon which they fell. One of them knocked
Summerlee's rifle to matchwood and the next would have crushed his skull had an Indian not stabbed the
beast to the heart. Other apemen in the trees above us hurled down stones and logs of wood, occasionally
dropping bodily on to our ranks and fighting furiously until they were felled. Once our allies broke under the
pressure, and had it not been for the execution done by our rifles they would certainly have taken to their
heels. But they were gallantly rallied by their old chief and came on with such a rush that the apemen began
in turn to give way. Summerlee was weaponless, but I was emptying my magazine as quick as I could fire,
and on the further flank we heard the continuous cracking of our companion's rifles.
Then in a moment came the panic and the collapse. Screaming and howling, the great creatures rushed away
in all directions through the brushwood, while our allies yelled in their savage delight, following swiftly after
their flying enemies. All the feuds of countless generations, all the hatreds and cruelties of their narrow
history, all the memories of illusage and persecution were to be purged that day. At last man was to be
supreme and the manbeast to find forever his allotted place. Fly as they would the fugitives were too slow to
escape from the active savages, and from every side in the tangled woods we heard the exultant yells, the
twanging of bows, and the crash and thud as apemen were brought down from their hidingplaces in the
trees.
I was following the others, when I found that Lord John and Challenger had come across to join us.
"It's over," said Lord John. "I think we can leave the tidying up to them. Perhaps the less we see of it the
better we shall sleep."
Challenger's eyes were shining with the lust of slaughter.
"We have been privileged," he cried, strutting about like a gamecock, "to be present at one of the typical
decisive battles of historythe battles which have determined the fate of the world. What, my friends, is the
conquest of one nation by another? It is meaningless. Each produces the same result. But those fierce fights,
when in the dawn of the ages the cavedwellers held their own against the tiger folk, or the elephants first
found that they had a master, those were the real conqueststhe victories that count. By this strange turn of
fate we have seen and helped to decide even such a contest. Now upon this plateau the future must ever be for
man."
It needed a robust faith in the end to justify such tragic means. As we advanced together through the woods
we found the apemen lying thick, transfixed with spears or arrows. Here and there a little group of shattered
Indians marked where one of the anthropoids had turned to bay, and sold his life dearly. Always in front of us
we heard the yelling and roaring which showed the direction of the pursuit. The apemen had been driven
back to their city, they had made a last stand there, once again they had been broken, and now we were in
time to see the final fearful scene of all. Some eighty or a hundred males, the last survivors, had been driven
across that same little clearing which led to the edge of the cliff, the scene of our own exploit two days
before. As we arrived the Indians, a semicircle of spearmen, had closed in on them, and in a minute it was
over, Thirty or forty died where they stood. The others, screaming and clawing, were thrust over the
precipice, and went hurtling down, as their prisoners had of old, on to the sharp bamboos six hundred feet
below. It was as Challenger had said, and the reign of man was assured forever in Maple White Land. The
males were exterminated, Ape Town was destroyed, the females and young were driven away to live in
bondage, and the long rivalry of untold centuries had reached its bloody end.
For us the victory brought much advantage. Once again we were able to visit our camp and get at our stores.
Once more also we were able to communicate with Zambo, who had been terrified by the spectacle from afar
of an avalanche of apes falling from the edge of the cliff.
The Lost World
The Lost World 96
Page No 99
"Come away, Massas, come away!" he cried, his eyes starting from his head. "The debbil get you sure if you
stay up there."
"It is the voice of sanity!" said Summerlee with conviction. "We have had adventures enough and they are
neither suitable to our character or our position. I hold you to your word, Challenger. From now onwards you
devote your energies to getting us out of this horrible country and back once more to civilization."
CHAPTER XV. "Our Eyes have seen Great Wonders"
I write this from day to day, but I trust that before I come to the end of it, I may be able to say that the light
shines, at last, through our clouds. We are held here with no clear means of making our escape, and bitterly
we chafe against it. Yet, I can well imagine that the day may come when we may be glad that we were kept,
against our will, to see something more of the wonders of this singular place, and of the creatures who inhabit
it.
The victory of the Indians and the annihilation of the apemen, marked the turning point of our fortunes.
From then onwards, we were in truth masters of the plateau, for the natives looked upon us with a mixture of
fear and gratitude, since by our strange powers we had aided them to destroy their hereditary foe. For their
own sakes they would, perhaps, be glad to see the departure of such formidable and incalculable people, but
they have not themselves suggested any way by which we may reach the plains below. There had been, so far
as we could follow their signs, a tunnel by which the place could be approached, the lower exit of which we
had seen from below. By this, no doubt, both apemen and Indians had at different epochs reached the top,
and Maple White with his companion had taken the same way. Only the year before, however, there had been
a terrific earthquake, and the upper end of the tunnel had fallen in and completely disappeared. The Indians
now could only shake their heads and shrug their shoulders when we expressed by signs our desire to
descend. It may be that they cannot, but it may also be that they will not, help us to get away.
At the end of the victorious campaign the surviving apefolk were driven across the plateau (their wailings
were horrible) and established in the neighborhood of the Indian caves, where they would, from now
onwards, be a servile race under the eyes of their masters. It was a rude, raw, primeval version of the Jews in
Babylon or the Israelites in Egypt. At night we could hear from amid the trees the longdrawn cry, as some
primitive Ezekiel mourned for fallen greatness and recalled the departed glories of Ape Town. Hewers of
wood and drawers of water, such were they from now onwards.
We had returned across the plateau with our allies two days after the battle, and made our camp at the foot of
their cliffs. They would have had us share their caves with them, but Lord John would by no means consent
to it considering that to do so would put us in their power if they were treacherously disposed. We kept our
independence, therefore, and had our weapons ready for any emergency, while preserving the most friendly
relations. We also continually visited their caves, which were most remarkable places, though whether made
by man or by Nature we have never been able to determine. They were all on the one stratum, hollowed out
of some soft rock which lay between the volcanic basalt forming the ruddy cliffs above them, and the hard
granite which formed their base.
The openings were about eighty feet above the ground, and were led up to by long stone stairs, so narrow and
steep that no large animal could mount them. Inside they were warm and dry, running in straight passages of
varying length into the side of the hill, with smooth gray walls decorated with many excellent pictures done
with charred sticks and representing the various animals of the plateau. If every living thing were swept from
the country the future explorer would find upon the walls of these caves ample evidence of the strange
faunathe dinosaurs, iguanodons, and fish lizardswhich had lived so recently upon earth.
The Lost World
The Lost World 97
Page No 100
Since we had learned that the huge iguanodons were kept as tame herds by their owners, and were simply
walking meatstores, we had conceived that man, even with his primitive weapons, had established his
ascendancy upon the plateau. We were soon to discover that it was not so, and that he was still there upon
tolerance.
It was on the third day after our forming our camp near the Indian caves that the tragedy occurred. Challenger
and Summerlee had gone off together that day to the lake where some of the natives, under their direction,
were engaged in harpooning specimens of the great lizards. Lord John and I had remained in our camp, while
a number of the Indians were scattered about upon the grassy slope in front of the caves engaged in different
ways. Suddenly there was a shrill cry of alarm, with the word "Stoa" resounding from a hundred tongues.
From every side men, women, and children were rushing wildly for shelter, swarming up the staircases and
into the caves in a mad stampede.
Looking up, we could see them waving their arms from the rocks above and beckoning to us to join them in
their refuge. We had both seized our magazine rifles and ran out to see what the danger could be. Suddenly
from the near belt of trees there broke forth a group of twelve or fifteen Indians, running for their lives, and at
their very heels two of those frightful monsters which had disturbed our camp and pursued me upon my
solitary journey. In shape they were like horrible toads, and moved in a succession of springs, but in size they
were of an incredible bulk, larger than the largest elephant. We had never before seen them save at night, and
indeed they are nocturnal animals save when disturbed in their lairs, as these had been. We now stood
amazed at the sight, for their blotched and warty skins were of a curious fishlike iridescence, and the
sunlight struck them with an evervarying rainbow bloom as they moved.
We had little time to watch them, however, for in an instant they had overtaken the fugitives and were
making a dire slaughter among them. Their method was to fall forward with their full weight upon each in
turn, leaving him crushed and mangled, to bound on after the others. The wretched Indians screamed with
terror, but were helpless, run as they would, before the relentless purpose and horrible activity of these
monstrous creatures. One after another they went down, and there were not halfadozen surviving by the
time my companion and I could come to their help. But our aid was of little avail and only involved us in the
same peril. At the range of a couple of hundred yards we emptied our magazines, firing bullet after bullet into
the beasts, but with no more effect than if we were pelting them with pellets of paper. Their slow reptilian
natures cared nothing for wounds, and the springs of their lives, with no special brain center but scattered
throughout their spinal cords, could not be tapped by any modern weapons. The most that we could do was to
check their progress by distracting their attention with the flash and roar of our guns, and so to give both the
natives and ourselves time to reach the steps which led to safety. But where the conical explosive bullets of
the twentieth century were of no avail, the poisoned arrows of the natives, dipped in the juice of strophanthus
and steeped afterwards in decayed carrion, could succeed. Such arrows were of little avail to the hunter who
attacked the beast, because their action in that torpid circulation was slow, and before its powers failed it
could certainly overtake and slay its assailant. But now, as the two monsters hounded us to the very foot of
the stairs, a drift of darts came whistling from every chink in the cliff above them. In a minute they were
feathered with them, and yet with no sign of pain they clawed and slobbered with impotent rage at the steps
which would lead them to their victims, mounting clumsily up for a few yards and then sliding down again to
the ground. But at last the poison worked. One of them gave a deep rumbling groan and dropped his huge
squat head on to the earth. The other bounded round in an eccentric circle with shrill, wailing cries, and then
lying down writhed in agony for some minutes before it also stiffened and lay still. With yells of triumph the
Indians came flocking down from their caves and danced a frenzied dance of victory round the dead bodies,
in mad joy that two more of the most dangerous of all their enemies had been slain. That night they cut up
and removed the bodies, not to eatfor the poison was still activebut lest they should breed a pestilence.
The great reptilian hearts, however, each as large as a cushion, still lay there, beating slowly and steadily,
with a gentle rise and fall, in horrible independent life. It was only upon the third day that the ganglia ran
down and the dreadful things were still.
The Lost World
The Lost World 98
Page No 101
Some day, when I have a better desk than a meattin and more helpful tools than a worn stub of pencil and a
last, tattered notebook, I will write some fuller account of the Accala Indiansof our life amongst them,
and of the glimpses which we had of the strange conditions of wondrous Maple White Land. Memory, at
least, will never fail me, for so long as the breath of life is in me, every hour and every action of that period
will stand out as hard and clear as do the first strange happenings of our childhood. No new impressions
could efface those which are so deeply cut. When the time comes I will describe that wondrous moonlit night
upon the great lake when a young ichthyosaurusa strange creature, half seal, half fish, to look at, with
bonecovered eyes on each side of his snout, and a third eye fixed upon the top of his headwas entangled
in an Indian net, and nearly upset our canoe before we towed it ashore; the same night that a green
watersnake shot out from the rushes and carried off in its coils the steersman of Challenger's canoe. I will
tell, too, of the great nocturnal white thingto this day we do not know whether it was beast or
reptilewhich lived in a vile swamp to the east of the lake, and flitted about with a faint phosphorescent
glimmer in the darkness. The Indians were so terrified at it that they would not go near the place, and, though
we twice made expeditions and saw it each time, we could not make our way through the deep marsh in
which it lived. I can only say that it seemed to be larger than a cow and had the strangest musky odor. I will
tell also of the huge bird which chased Challenger to the shelter of the rocks one daya great running bird,
far taller than an ostrich, with a vulturelike neck and cruel head which made it a walking death. As
Challenger climbed to safety one dart of that savage curving beak shore off the heel of his boot as if it had
been cut with a chisel. This time at least modern weapons prevailed and the great creature, twelve feet from
head to footphororachus its name, according to our panting but exultant Professorwent down before
Lord Roxton's rifle in a flurry of waving feathers and kicking limbs, with two remorseless yellow eyes
glaring up from the midst of it. May I live to see that flattened vicious skull in its own niche amid the trophies
of the Albany. Finally, I will assuredly give some account of the toxodon, the giant tenfoot guinea pig, with
projecting chisel teeth, which we killed as it drank in the gray of the morning by the side of the lake.
All this I shall some day write at fuller length, and amidst these more stirring days I would tenderly sketch in
these lovely summer evenings, when with the deep blue sky above us we lay in good comradeship among the
long grasses by the wood and marveled at the strange fowl that swept over us and the quaint new creatures
which crept from their burrows to watch us, while above us the boughs of the bushes were heavy with
luscious fruit, and below us strange and lovely flowers peeped at us from among the herbage; or those long
moonlit nights when we lay out upon the shimmering surface of the great lake and watched with wonder and
awe the huge circles rippling out from the sudden splash of some fantastic monster; or the greenish gleam, far
down in the deep water, of some strange creature upon the confines of darkness. These are the scenes which
my mind and my pen will dwell upon in every detail at some future day.
But, you will ask, why these experiences and why this delay, when you and your comrades should have been
occupied day and night in the devising of some means by which you could return to the outer world? My
answer is, that there was not one of us who was not working for this end, but that our work had been in vain.
One fact we had very speedily discovered: The Indians would do nothing to help us. In every other way they
were our friendsone might almost say our devoted slavesbut when it was suggested that they should
help us to make and carry a plank which would bridge the chasm, or when we wished to get from them
thongs of leather or liana to weave ropes which might help us, we were met by a goodhumored, but an
invincible, refusal. They would smile, twinkle their eyes, shake their heads, and there was the end of it. Even
the old chief met us with the same obstinate denial, and it was only Maretas, the youngster whom we had
saved, who looked wistfully at us and told us by his gestures that he was grieved for our thwarted wishes.
Ever since their crowning triumph with the apemen they looked upon us as supermen, who bore victory in
the tubes of strange weapons, and they believed that so long as we remained with them good fortune would
be theirs. A little redskinned wife and a cave of our own were freely offered to each of us if we would but
forget our own people and dwell forever upon the plateau. So far all had been kindly, however far apart our
desires might be; but we felt well assured that our actual plans of a descent must be kept secret, for we had
reason to fear that at the last they might try to hold us by force.
The Lost World
The Lost World 99
Page No 102
In spite of the danger from dinosaurs (which is not great save at night, for, as I may have said before, they are
mostly nocturnal in their habits) I have twice in the last three weeks been over to our old camp in order to see
our negro who still kept watch and ward below the cliff. My eyes strained eagerly across the great plain in the
hope of seeing afar off the help for which we had prayed. But the long cactusstrewn levels still stretched
away, empty and bare, to the distant line of the canebrake.
"They will soon come now, Massa Malone. Before another week pass Indian come back and bring rope and
fetch you down." Such was the cheery cry of our excellent Zambo.
I had one strange experience as I came from this second visit which had involved my being away for a night
from my companions. I was returning along the wellremembered route, and had reached a spot within a
mile or so of the marsh of the pterodactyls, when I saw an extraordinary object approaching me. It was a man
who walked inside a framework made of bent canes so that he was enclosed on all sides in a bellshaped
cage. As I drew nearer I was more amazed still to see that it was Lord John Roxton. When he saw me he
slipped from under his curious protection and came towards me laughing, and yet, as I thought, with some
confusion in his manner.
"Well, young fellah," said he, "who would have thought of meetin' you up here?"
"What in the world are you doing?" I asked.
"Visitin' my friends, the pterodactyls," said he.
"But why?"
"Interestin' beasts, don't you think? But unsociable! Nasty rude ways with strangers, as you may remember.
So I rigged this framework which keeps them from bein' too pressin' in their attentions."
"But what do you want in the swamp?"
He looked at me with a very questioning eye, and I read hesitation in his face.
"Don't you think other people besides Professors can want to know things?" he said at last. "I'm studyin' the
pretty dears. That's enough for you."
"No offense," said I.
His goodhumor returned and he laughed.
"No offense, young fellah. I'm goin' to get a young devil chick for Challenger. That's one of my jobs. No, I
don't want your company. I'm safe in this cage, and you are not. So long, and I'll be back in camp by
nightfall."
He turned away and I left him wandering on through the wood with his extraordinary cage around him.
If Lord John's behavior at this time was strange, that of Challenger was more so. I may say that he seemed to
possess an extraordinary fascination for the Indian women, and that he always carried a large spreading palm
branch with which he beat them off as if they were flies, when their attentions became too pressing. To see
him walking like a comic opera Sultan, with this badge of authority in his hand, his black beard bristling in
front of him, his toes pointing at each step, and a train of wideeyed Indian girls behind him, clad in their
slender drapery of bark cloth, is one of the most grotesque of all the pictures which I will carry back with me.
The Lost World
The Lost World 100
Page No 103
As to Summerlee, he was absorbed in the insect and bird life of the plateau, and spent his whole time (save
that considerable portion which was devoted to abusing Challenger for not getting us out of our difficulties)
in cleaning and mounting his specimens.
Challenger had been in the habit of walking off by himself every morning and returning from time to time
with looks of portentous solemnity, as one who bears the full weight of a great enterprise upon his shoulders.
One day, palm branch in hand, and his crowd of adoring devotees behind him, he led us down to his hidden
workshop and took us into the secret of his plans.
The place was a small clearing in the center of a palm grove. In this was one of those boiling mud geysers
which I have already described. Around its edge were scattered a number of leathern thongs cut from
iguanodon hide, and a large collapsed membrane which proved to be the dried and scraped stomach of one of
the great fish lizards from the lake. This huge sack had been sewn up at one end and only a small orifice left
at the other. Into this opening several bamboo canes had been inserted and the other ends of these canes were
in contact with conical clay funnels which collected the gas bubbling up through the mud of the geyser. Soon
the flaccid organ began to slowly expand and show such a tendency to upward movements that Challenger
fastened the cords which held it to the trunks of the surrounding trees. In half an hour a goodsized gasbag
had been formed, and the jerking and straining upon the thongs showed that it was capable of considerable
lift. Challenger, like a glad father in the presence of his firstborn, stood smiling and stroking his beard, in
silent, selfsatisfied content as he gazed at the creation of his brain. It was Summerlee who first broke the
silence.
"You don't mean us to go up in that thing, Challenger?" said he, in an acid voice.
"I mean, my dear Summerlee, to give you such a demonstration of its powers that after seeing it you will, I
am sure, have no hesitation in trusting yourself to it."
"You can put it right out of your head now, at once," said Summerlee with decision, "nothing on earth would
induce me to commit such a folly. Lord John, I trust that you will not countenance such madness?"
"Dooced ingenious, I call it," said our peer. "I'd like to see how it works."
"So you shall," said Challenger. "For some days I have exerted my whole brain force upon the problem of
how we shall descend from these cliffs. We have satisfied ourselves that we cannot climb down and that there
is no tunnel. We are also unable to construct any kind of bridge which may take us back to the pinnacle from
which we came. How then shall I find a means to convey us? Some little time ago I had remarked to our
young friend here that free hydrogen was evolved from the geyser. The idea of a balloon naturally followed. I
was, I will admit, somewhat baffled by the difficulty of discovering an envelope to contain the gas, but the
contemplation of the immense entrails of these reptiles supplied me with a solution to the problem. Behold
the result!"
He put one hand in the front of his ragged jacket and pointed proudly with the other.
By this time the gasbag had swollen to a goodly rotundity and was jerking strongly upon its lashings.
"Midsummer madness!" snorted Summerlee.
Lord John was delighted with the whole idea. "Clever old dear, ain't he?" he whispered to me, and then
louder to Challenger. "What about a car?"
The Lost World
The Lost World 101
Page No 104
"The car will be my next care. I have already planned how it is to be made and attached. Meanwhile I will
simply show you how capable my apparatus is of supporting the weight of each of us."
"All of us, surely?"
"No, it is part of my plan that each in turn shall descend as in a parachute, and the balloon be drawn back by
means which I shall have no difficulty in perfecting. If it will support the weight of one and let him gently
down, it will have done all that is required of it. I will now show you its capacity in that direction."
He brought out a lump of basalt of a considerable size, constructed in the middle so that a cord could be
easily attached to it. This cord was the one which we had brought with us on to the plateau after we had used
it for climbing the pinnacle. It was over a hundred feet long, and though it was thin it was very strong. He had
prepared a sort of collar of leather with many straps depending from it. This collar was placed over the dome
of the balloon, and the hanging thongs were gathered together below, so that the pressure of any weight
would be diffused over a considerable surface. Then the lump of basalt was fastened to the thongs, and the
rope was allowed to hang from the end of it, being passed three times round the Professor's arm.
"I will now," said Challenger, with a smile of pleased anticipation, "demonstrate the carrying power of my
balloon." As he said so he cut with a knife the various lashings that held it.
Never was our expedition in more imminent danger of complete annihilation. The inflated membrane shot up
with frightful velocity into the air. In an instant Challenger was pulled off his feet and dragged after it. I had
just time to throw my arms round his ascending waist when I was myself whipped up into the air. Lord John
had me with a rattrap grip round the legs, but I felt that he also was coming off the ground. For a moment I
had a vision of four adventurers floating like a string of sausages over the land that they had explored. But,
happily, there were limits to the strain which the rope would stand, though none apparently to the lifting
powers of this infernal machine. There was a sharp crack, and we were in a heap upon the ground with coils
of rope all over us. When we were able to stagger to our feet we saw far off in the deep blue sky one dark
spot where the lump of basalt was speeding upon its way.
"Splendid!" cried the undaunted Challenger, rubbing his injured arm. "A most thorough and satisfactory
demonstration! I could not have anticipated such a success. Within a week, gentlemen, I promise that a
second balloon will be prepared, and that you can count upon taking in safety and comfort the first stage of
our homeward journey." So far I have written each of the foregoing events as it occurred. Now I am rounding
off my narrative from the old camp, where Zambo has waited so long, with all our difficulties and dangers
left like a dream behind us upon the summit of those vast ruddy crags which tower above our heads. We have
descended in safety, though in a most unexpected fashion, and all is well with us. In six weeks or two months
we shall be in London, and it is possible that this letter may not reach you much earlier than we do ourselves.
Already our hearts yearn and our spirits fly towards the great mother city which holds so much that is dear to
us.
It was on the very evening of our perilous adventure with Challenger's homemade balloon that the change
came in our fortunes. I have said that the one person from whom we had had some sign of sympathy in our
attempts to get away was the young chief whom we had rescued. He alone had no desire to hold us against
our will in a strange land. He had told us as much by his expressive language of signs. That evening, after
dusk, he came down to our little camp, handed me (for some reason he had always shown his attentions to
me, perhaps because I was the one who was nearest his age) a small roll of the bark of a tree, and then
pointing solemnly up at the row of caves above him, he had put his finger to his lips as a sign of secrecy and
had stolen back again to his people.
The Lost World
The Lost World 102
Page No 105
I took the slip of bark to the firelight and we examined it together. It was about a foot square, and on the inner
side there was a singular arrangement of lines, which I here reproduce:
They were neatly done in charcoal upon the white surface, and looked to me at first sight like some sort of
rough musical score.
"Whatever it is, I can swear that it is of importance to us," said I. "I could read that on his face as he gave it."
"Unless we have come upon a primitive practical joker," Summerlee suggested, "which I should think would
be one of the most elementary developments of man."
"It is clearly some sort of script," said Challenger.
"Looks like a guinea puzzle competition," remarked Lord John, craning his neck to have a look at it. Then
suddenly he stretched out his hand and seized the puzzle.
"By George!" he cried, "I believe I've got it. The boy guessed right the very first time. See here! How many
marks are on that paper? Eighteen. Well, if you come to think of it there are eighteen cave openings on the
hillside above us."
"He pointed up to the caves when he gave it to me," said I.
"Well, that settles it. This is a chart of the caves. What! Eighteen of them all in a row, some short, some deep,
some branching, same as we saw them. It's a map, and here's a cross on it. What's the cross for? It is placed to
mark one that is much deeper than the others."
"One that goes through," I cried.
"I believe our young friend has read the riddle," said Challenger. "If the cave does not go through I do not
understand why this person, who has every reason to mean us well, should have drawn our attention to it. But
if it does go through and comes out at the corresponding point on the other side, we should not have more
than a hundred feet to descend."
"A hundred feet!" grumbled Summerlee.
"Well, our rope is still more than a hundred feet long," I cried. "Surely we could get down."
"How about the Indians in the cave?" Summerlee objected.
"There are no Indians in any of the caves above our heads," said I. "They are all used as barns and
storehouses. Why should we not go up now at once and spy out the land?"
There is a dry bituminous wood upon the plateaua species of araucaria, according to our botanistwhich
is always used by the Indians for torches. Each of us picked up a faggot of this, and we made our way up
weedcovered steps to the particular cave which was marked in the drawing. It was, as I had said, empty,
save for a great number of enormous bats, which flapped round our heads as we advanced into it. As we had
no desire to draw the attention of the Indians to our proceedings, we stumbled along in the dark until we had
gone round several curves and penetrated a considerable distance into the cavern. Then, at last, we lit our
torches. It was a beautiful dry tunnel with smooth gray walls covered with native symbols, a curved roof
which arched over our heads, and white glistening sand beneath our feet. We hurried eagerly along it until,
with a deep groan of bitter disappointment, we were brought to a halt. A sheer wall of rock had appeared
The Lost World
The Lost World 103
Page No 106
before us, with no chink through which a mouse could have slipped. There was no escape for us there.
We stood with bitter hearts staring at this unexpected obstacle. It was not the result of any convulsion, as in
the case of the ascending tunnel. The end wall was exactly like the side ones. It was, and had always been, a
culdesac.
"Never mind, my friends," said the indomitable Challenger. "You have still my firm promise of a balloon."
Summerlee groaned.
"Can we be in the wrong cave?" I suggested.
"No use, young fellah," said Lord John, with his finger on the chart. "Seventeen from the right and second
from the left. This is the cave sure enough."
I looked at the mark to which his finger pointed, and I gave a sudden cry of joy.
"I believe I have it! Follow me! Follow me!"
I hurried back along the way we had come, my torch in my hand. "Here," said I, pointing to some matches
upon the ground, "is where we lit up."
"Exactly."
"Well, it is marked as a forked cave, and in the darkness we passed the fork before the torches were lit. On
the right side as we go out we should find the longer arm."
It was as I had said. We had not gone thirty yards before a great black opening loomed in the wall. We turned
into it to find that we were in a much larger passage than before. Along it we hurried in breathless impatience
for many hundreds of yards. Then, suddenly, in the black darkness of the arch in front of us we saw a gleam
of dark red light. We stared in amazement. A sheet of steady flame seemed to cross the passage and to bar our
way. We hastened towards it. No sound, no heat, no movement came from it, but still the great luminous
curtain glowed before us, silvering all the cave and turning the sand to powdered jewels, until as we drew
closer it discovered a circular edge.
"The moon, by George!" cried Lord John. "We are through, boys! We are through!"
It was indeed the full moon which shone straight down the aperture which opened upon the cliffs. It was a
small rift, not larger than a window, but it was enough for all our purposes. As we craned our necks through it
we could see that the descent was not a very difficult one, and that the level ground was no very great way
below us. It was no wonder that from below we had not observed the place, as the cliffs curved overhead and
an ascent at the spot would have seemed so impossible as to discourage close inspection. We satisfied
ourselves that with the help of our rope we could find our way down, and then returned, rejoicing, to our
camp to make our preparations for the next evening.
What we did we had to do quickly and secretly, since even at this last hour the Indians might hold us back.
Our stores we would leave behind us, save only our guns and cartridges. But Challenger had some unwieldy
stuff which he ardently desired to take with him, and one particular package, of which I may not speak, which
gave us more labor than any. Slowly the day passed, but when the darkness fell we were ready for our
departure. With much labor we got our things up the steps, and then, looking back, took one last long survey
of that strange land, soon I fear to be vulgarized, the prey of hunter and prospector, but to each of us a
The Lost World
The Lost World 104
Page No 107
dreamland of glamour and romance, a land where we had dared much, suffered much, and learned
muchOUR land, as we shall ever fondly call it. Along upon our left the neighboring caves each threw out
its ruddy cheery firelight into the gloom. From the slope below us rose the voices of the Indians as they
laughed and sang. Beyond was the long sweep of the woods, and in the center, shimmering vaguely through
the gloom, was the great lake, the mother of strange monsters. Even as we looked a high whickering cry, the
call of some weird animal, rang clear out of the darkness. It was the very voice of Maple White Land bidding
us goodbye. We turned and plunged into the cave which led to home.
Two hours later, we, our packages, and all we owned, were at the foot of the cliff. Save for Challenger's
luggage we had never a difficulty. Leaving it all where we descended, we started at once for Zambo's camp.
In the early morning we approached it, but only to find, to our amazement, not one fire but a dozen upon the
plain. The rescue party had arrived. There were twenty Indians from the river, with stakes, ropes, and all that
could be useful for bridging the chasm. At least we shall have no difficulty now in carrying our packages,
when tomorrow we begin to make our way back to the Amazon.
And so, in humble and thankful mood, I close this account. Our eyes have seen great wonders and our souls
are chastened by what we have endured. Each is in his own way a better and deeper man. It may be that when
we reach Para we shall stop to refit. If we do, this letter will be a mail ahead. If not, it will reach London on
the very day that I do. In either case, my dear Mr. McArdle, I hope very soon to shake you by the hand.
CHAPTER XVI. "A Procession! A Procession!"
I should wish to place upon record here our gratitude to all our friends upon the Amazon for the very great
kindness and hospitality which was shown to us upon our return journey. Very particularly would I thank
Senhor Penalosa and other officials of the Brazilian Government for the special arrangements by which we
were helped upon our way, and Senhor Pereira of Para, to whose forethought we owe the complete outfit for
a decent appearance in the civilized world which we found ready for us at that town. It seemed a poor return
for all the courtesy which we encountered that we should deceive our hosts and benefactors, but under the
circumstances we had really no alternative, and I hereby tell them that they will only waste their time and
their money if they attempt to follow upon our traces. Even the names have been altered in our accounts, and
I am very sure that no one, from the most careful study of them, could come within a thousand miles of our
unknown land.
The excitement which had been caused through those parts of South America which we had to traverse was
imagined by us to be purely local, and I can assure our friends in England that we had no notion of the uproar
which the mere rumor of our experiences had caused through Europe. It was not until the Ivernia was within
five hundred miles of Southampton that the wireless messages from paper after paper and agency after
agency, offering huge prices for a short return message as to our actual results, showed us how strained was
the attention not only of the scientific world but of the general public. It was agreed among us, however, that
no definite statement should be given to the Press until we had met the members of the Zoological Institute,
since as delegates it was our clear duty to give our first report to the body from which we had received our
commission of investigation. Thus, although we found Southampton full of Pressmen, we absolutely refused
to give any information, which had the natural effect of focussing public attention upon the meeting which
was advertised for the evening of November 7th. For this gathering, the Zoological Hall which had been the
scene of the inception of our task was found to be far too small, and it was only in the Queen's Hall in Regent
Street that accommodation could be found. It is now common knowledge the promoters might have ventured
upon the Albert Hall and still found their space too scanty.
It was for the second evening after our arrival that the great meeting had been fixed. For the first, we had
each, no doubt, our own pressing personal affairs to absorb us. Of mine I cannot yet speak. It may be that as it
stands further from me I may think of it, and even speak of it, with less emotion. I have shown the reader in
The Lost World
The Lost World 105
Page No 108
the beginning of this narrative where lay the springs of my action. It is but right, perhaps, that I should carry
on the tale and show also the results. And yet the day may come when I would not have it otherwise. At least
I have been driven forth to take part in a wondrous adventure, and I cannot but be thankful to the force that
drove me.
And now I turn to the last supreme eventful moment of our adventure. As I was racking my brain as to how I
should best describe it, my eyes fell upon the issue of my own Journal for the morning of the 8th of
November with the full and excellent account of my friend and fellowreporter Macdona. What can I do
better than transcribe his narrativeheadlines and all? I admit that the paper was exuberant in the matter,
out of compliment to its own enterprise in sending a correspondent, but the other great dailies were hardly
less full in their account. Thus, then, friend Mac in his report:
THE NEW WORLD
GREAT MEETING AT THE QUEEN'S HALL
SCENES OF UPROAR
EXTRAORDINARY INCIDENT
WHAT WAS IT?
NOCTURNAL RIOT IN REGENT STREET
(Special)
"The muchdiscussed meeting of the Zoological Institute, convened to hear the report of the Committee of
Investigation sent out last year to South America to test the assertions made by Professor Challenger as to the
continued existence of prehistoric life upon that Continent, was held last night in the greater Queen's Hall,
and it is safe to say that it is likely to be a red letter date in the history of Science, for the proceedings were of
so remarkable and sensational a character that no one present is ever likely to forget them." (Oh, brother
scribe Macdona, what a monstrous opening sentence!) "The tickets were theoretically confined to members
and their friends, but the latter is an elastic term, and long before eight o'clock, the hour fixed for the
commencement of the proceedings, all parts of the Great Hall were tightly packed. The general public,
however, which most unreasonably entertained a grievance at having been excluded, stormed the doors at a
quarter to eight, after a prolonged melee in which several people were injured, including Inspector Scoble of
H. Division, whose leg was unfortunately broken. After this unwarrantable invasion, which not only filled
every passage, but even intruded upon the space set apart for the Press, it is estimated that nearly five
thousand people awaited the arrival of the travelers. When they eventually appeared, they took their places in
the front of a platform which already contained all the leading scientific men, not only of this country, but of
France and of Germany. Sweden was also represented, in the person of Professor Sergius, the famous
Zoologist of the University of Upsala. The entrance of the four heroes of the occasion was the signal for a
remarkable demonstration of welcome, the whole audience rising and cheering for some minutes. An acute
observer might, however, have detected some signs of dissent amid the applause, and gathered that the
proceedings were likely to become more lively than harmonious. It may safely be prophesied, however, that
no one could have foreseen the extraordinary turn which they were actually to take.
"Of the appearance of the four wanderers little need be said, since their photographs have for some time been
appearing in all the papers. They bear few traces of the hardships which they are said to have undergone.
Professor Challenger's beard may be more shaggy, Professor Summerlee's features more ascetic, Lord John
Roxton's figure more gaunt, and all three may be burned to a darker tint than when they left our shores, but
each appeared to be in most excellent health. As to our own representative, the wellknown athlete and
international Rugby football player, E. D. Malone, he looks trained to a hair, and as he surveyed the crowd a
smile of goodhumored contentment pervaded his honest but homely face." (All right, Mac, wait till I get
you alone!)
"When quiet had been restored and the audience resumed their seats after the ovation which they had given to
the travelers, the chairman, the Duke of Durham, addressed the meeting. `He would not,' he said, `stand for
The Lost World
The Lost World 106
Page No 109
more than a moment between that vast assembly and the treat which lay before them. It was not for him to
anticipate what Professor Summerlee, who was the spokesman of the committee, had to say to them, but it
was common rumor that their expedition had been crowned by extraordinary success.' (Applause.)
`Apparently the age of romance was not dead, and there was common ground upon which the wildest
imaginings of the novelist could meet the actual scientific investigations of the searcher for truth. He would
only add, before he sat down, that he rejoicedand all of them would rejoicethat these gentlemen had
returned safe and sound from their difficult and dangerous task, for it cannot be denied that any disaster to
such an expedition would have inflicted a wellnigh irreparable loss to the cause of Zoological science.'
(Great applause, in which Professor Challenger was observed to join.)
"Professor Summerlee's rising was the signal for another extraordinary outbreak of enthusiasm, which broke
out again at intervals throughout his address. That address will not be given in extenso in these columns, for
the reason that a full account of the whole adventures of the expedition is being published as a supplement
from the pen of our own special correspondent. Some general indications will therefore suffice. Having
described the genesis of their journey, and paid a handsome tribute to his friend Professor Challenger,
coupled with an apology for the incredulity with which his assertions, now fully vindicated, had been
received, he gave the actual course of their journey, carefully withholding such information as would aid the
public in any attempt to locate this remarkable plateau. Having described, in general terms, their course from
the main river up to the time that they actually reached the base of the cliffs, he enthralled his hearers by his
account of the difficulties encountered by the expedition in their repeated attempts to mount them, and finally
described how they succeeded in their desperate endeavors, which cost the lives of their two devoted
halfbreed servants." (This amazing reading of the affair was the result of Summerlee's endeavors to avoid
raising any questionable matter at the meeting.)
"Having conducted his audience in fancy to the summit, and marooned them there by reason of the fall of
their bridge, the Professor proceeded to describe both the horrors and the attractions of that remarkable land.
Of personal adventures he said little, but laid stress upon the rich harvest reaped by Science in the
observations of the wonderful beast, bird, insect, and plant life of the plateau. Peculiarly rich in the coleoptera
and in the lepidoptera, fortysix new species of the one and ninetyfour of the other had been secured in the
course of a few weeks. It was, however, in the larger animals, and especially in the larger animals supposed
to have been long extinct, that the interest of the public was naturally centered. Of these he was able to give a
goodly list, but had little doubt that it would be largely extended when the place had been more thoroughly
investigated. He and his companions had seen at least a dozen creatures, most of them at a distance, which
corresponded with nothing at present known to Science. These would in time be duly classified and
examined. He instanced a snake, the cast skin of which, deep purple in color, was fiftyone feet in length,
and mentioned a white creature, supposed to be mammalian, which gave forth wellmarked phosphorescence
in the darkness; also a large black moth, the bite of which was supposed by the Indians to be highly
poisonous. Setting aside these entirely new forms of life, the plateau was very rich in known prehistoric
forms, dating back in some cases to early Jurassic times. Among these he mentioned the gigantic and
grotesque stegosaurus, seen once by Mr. Malone at a drinkingplace by the lake, and drawn in the
sketchbook of that adventurous American who had first penetrated this unknown world. He described also
the iguanodon and the pterodactyltwo of the first of the wonders which they had encountered. He then
thrilled the assembly by some account of the terrible carnivorous dinosaurs, which had on more than one
occasion pursued members of the party, and which were the most formidable of all the creatures which they
had encountered. Thence he passed to the huge and ferocious bird, the phororachus, and to the great elk
which still roams upon this upland. It was not, however, until he sketched the mysteries of the central lake
that the full interest and enthusiasm of the audience were aroused. One had to pinch oneself to be sure that
one was awake as one heard this sane and practical Professor in cold measured tones describing the
monstrous threeeyed fishlizards and the huge watersnakes which inhabit this enchanted sheet of water.
Next he touched upon the Indians, and upon the extraordinary colony of anthropoid apes, which might be
looked upon as an advance upon the pithecanthropus of Java, and as coming therefore nearer than any known
The Lost World
The Lost World 107
Page No 110
form to that hypothetical creation, the missing link. Finally he described, amongst some merriment, the
ingenious but highly dangerous aeronautic invention of Professor Challenger, and wound up a most
memorable address by an account of the methods by which the committee did at last find their way back to
civilization.
"It had been hoped that the proceedings would end there, and that a vote of thanks and congratulation, moved
by Professor Sergius, of Upsala University, would be duly seconded and carried; but it was soon evident that
the course of events was not destined to flow so smoothly. Symptoms of opposition had been evident from
time to time during the evening, and now Dr. James Illingworth, of Edinburgh, rose in the center of the hall.
Dr. Illingworth asked whether an amendment should not be taken before a resolution.
"THE CHAIRMAN: `Yes, sir, if there must be an amendment.'
"DR. ILLINGWORTH: `Your Grace, there must be an amendment.'
"THE CHAIRMAN: `Then let us take it at once.'
"PROFESSOR SUMMERLEE (springing to his feet): `Might I explain, your Grace, that this man is my
personal enemy ever since our controversy in the Quarterly Journal of Science as to the true nature of
Bathybius?'
"THE CHAIRMAN: `I fear I cannot go into personal matters. Proceed.'
"Dr. Illingworth was imperfectly heard in part of his remarks on account of the strenuous opposition of the
friends of the explorers. Some attempts were also made to pull him down. Being a man of enormous
physique, however, and possessed of a very powerful voice, he dominated the tumult and succeeded in
finishing his speech. It was clear, from the moment of his rising, that he had a number of friends and
sympathizers in the hall, though they formed a minority in the audience. The attitude of the greater part of the
public might be described as one of attentive neutrality.
"Dr. Illingworth began his remarks by expressing his high appreciation of the scientific work both of
Professor Challenger and of Professor Summerlee. He much regretted that any personal bias should have
been read into his remarks, which were entirely dictated by his desire for scientific truth. His position, in fact,
was substantially the same as that taken up by Professor Summerlee at the last meeting. At that last meeting
Professor Challenger had made certain assertions which had been queried by his colleague. Now this
colleague came forward himself with the same assertions and expected them to remain unquestioned. Was
this reasonable? (`Yes,' `No,' and prolonged interruption, during which Professor Challenger was heard from
the Press box to ask leave from the chairman to put Dr. Illingworth into the street.) A year ago one man said
certain things. Now four men said other and more startling ones. Was this to constitute a final proof where the
matters in question were of the most revolutionary and incredible character? There had been recent examples
of travelers arriving from the unknown with certain tales which had been too readily accepted. Was the
London Zoological Institute to place itself in this position? He admitted that the members of the committee
were men of character. But human nature was very complex. Even Professors might be misled by the desire
for notoriety. Like moths, we all love best to flutter in the light. Heavygame shots liked to be in a position to
cap the tales of their rivals, and journalists were not averse from sensational coups, even when imagination
had to aid fact in the process. Each member of the committee had his own motive for making the most of his
results. (`Shame! shame!') He had no desire to be offensive. (`You are!' and interruption.) The corroboration
of these wondrous tales was really of the most slender description. What did it amount to? Some
photographs. {Was it possible that in this age of ingenious manipulation photographs could be accepted as
evidence?} What more? We have a story of a flight and a descent by ropes which precluded the production of
larger specimens. It was ingenious, but not convincing. It was understood that Lord John Roxton claimed to
The Lost World
The Lost World 108
Page No 111
have the skull of a phororachus. He could only say that he would like to see that skull.
"LORD JOHN ROXTON: `Is this fellow calling me a liar?' (Uproar.)
"THE CHAIRMAN: `Order! order! Dr. Illingworth, I must direct you to bring your remarks to a conclusion
and to move your amendment.'
"DR. ILLINGWORTH: `Your Grace, I have more to say, but I bow to your ruling. I move, then, that, while
Professor Summerlee be thanked for his interesting address, the whole matter shall be regarded as
`nonproven,' and shall be referred back to a larger, and possibly more reliable Committee of Investigation.'
"It is difficult to describe the confusion caused by this amendment. A large section of the audience expressed
their indignation at such a slur upon the travelers by noisy shouts of dissent and cries of, `Don't put it!'
`Withdraw!' `Turn him out!' On the other hand, the malcontentsand it cannot be denied that they were
fairly numerouscheered for the amendment, with cries of `Order!' `Chair!' and `Fair play!' A scuffle broke
out in the back benches, and blows were freely exchanged among the medical students who crowded that part
of the hall. It was only the moderating influence of the presence of large numbers of ladies which prevented
an absolute riot. Suddenly, however, there was a pause, a hush, and then complete silence. Professor
Challenger was on his feet. His appearance and manner are peculiarly arresting, and as he raised his hand for
order the whole audience settled down expectantly to give him a hearing.
"`It will be within the recollection of many present,' said Professor Challenger, `that similar foolish and
unmannerly scenes marked the last meeting at which I have been able to address them. On that occasion
Professor Summerlee was the chief offender, and though he is now chastened and contrite, the matter could
not be entirely forgotten. I have heard tonight similar, but even more offensive, sentiments from the person
who has just sat down, and though it is a conscious effort of selfeffacement to come down to that person's
mental level, I will endeavor to do so, in order to allay any reasonable doubt which could possibly exist in the
minds of anyone.' (Laughter and interruption.) `I need not remind this audience that, though Professor
Summerlee, as the head of the Committee of Investigation, has been put up to speak tonight, still it is I who
am the real prime mover in this business, and that it is mainly to me that any successful result must be
ascribed. I have safely conducted these three gentlemen to the spot mentioned, and I have, as you have heard,
convinced them of the accuracy of my previous account. We had hoped that we should find upon our return
that no one was so dense as to dispute our joint conclusions. Warned, however, by my previous experience, I
have not come without such proofs as may convince a reasonable man. As explained by Professor
Summerlee, our cameras have been tampered with by the apemen when they ransacked our camp, and most
of our negatives ruined.' (Jeers, laughter, and `Tell us another!' from the back.) `I have mentioned the
apemen, and I cannot forbear from saying that some of the sounds which now meet my ears bring back most
vividly to my recollection my experiences with those interesting creatures.' (Laughter.) `In spite of the
destruction of so many invaluable negatives, there still remains in our collection a certain number of
corroborative photographs showing the conditions of life upon the plateau. Did they accuse them of having
forged these photographs?' (A voice, `Yes,' and considerable interruption which ended in several men being
put out of the hall.) `The negatives were open to the inspection of experts. But what other evidence had they?
Under the conditions of their escape it was naturally impossible to bring a large amount of baggage, but they
had rescued Professor Summerlee's collections of butterflies and beetles, containing many new species. Was
this not evidence?' (Several voices, `No.') `Who said no?'
"DR. ILLINGWORTH (rising): `Our point is that such a collection might have been made in other places
than a prehistoric plateau.' (Applause.)
"PROFESSOR CHALLENGER: `No doubt, sir, we have to bow to your scientific authority, although I must
admit that the name is unfamiliar. Passing, then, both the photographs and the entomological collection, I
The Lost World
The Lost World 109
Page No 112
come to the varied and accurate information which we bring with us upon points which have never before
been elucidated. For example, upon the domestic habits of the pterodactyl`(A voice: `Bosh,' and
uproar)`I say, that upon the domestic habits of the pterodactyl we can throw a flood of light. I can exhibit
to you from my portfolio a picture of that creature taken from life which would convince you'
"DR. ILLINGWORTH: `No picture could convince us of anything.'
"PROFESSOR CHALLENGER: `You would require to see the thing itself?'
"DR. ILLINGWORTH: `Undoubtedly.'
"PROFESSOR CHALLENGER: `And you would accept that?'
"DR. ILLINGWORTH (laughing): `Beyond a doubt.'
"It was at this point that the sensation of the evening arosea sensation so dramatic that it can never have
been paralleled in the history of scientific gatherings. Professor Challenger raised his hand in the air as a
signal, and at once our colleague, Mr. E. D. Malone, was observed to rise and to make his way to the back of
the platform. An instant later he reappeared in company of a gigantic negro, the two of them bearing
between them a large square packingcase. It was evidently of great weight, and was slowly carried forward
and placed in front of the Professor's chair. All sound had hushed in the audience and everyone was absorbed
in the spectacle before them. Professor Challenger drew off the top of the case, which formed a sliding lid.
Peering down into the box he snapped his fingers several times and was heard from the Press seat to say,
`Come, then, pretty, pretty!' in a coaxing voice. An instant later, with a scratching, rattling sound, a most
horrible and loathsome creature appeared from below and perched itself upon the side of the case. Even the
unexpected fall of the Duke of Durham into the orchestra, which occurred at this moment, could not distract
the petrified attention of the vast audience. The face of the creature was like the wildest gargoyle that the
imagination of a mad medieval builder could have conceived. It was malicious, horrible, with two small red
eyes as bright as points of burning coal. Its long, savage mouth, which was held halfopen, was full of a
double row of sharklike teeth. Its shoulders were humped, and round them were draped what appeared to be
a faded gray shawl. It was the devil of our childhood in person. There was a turmoil in the
audiencesomeone screamed, two ladies in the front row fell senseless from their chairs, and there was a
general movement upon the platform to follow their chairman into the orchestra. For a moment there was
danger of a general panic. Professor Challenger threw up his hands to still the commotion, but the movement
alarmed the creature beside him. Its strange shawl suddenly unfurled, spread, and fluttered as a pair of
leathery wings. Its owner grabbed at its legs, but too late to hold it. It had sprung from the perch and was
circling slowly round the Queen's Hall with a dry, leathery flapping of its tenfoot wings, while a putrid and
insidious odor pervaded the room. The cries of the people in the galleries, who were alarmed at the near
approach of those glowing eyes and that murderous beak, excited the creature to a frenzy. Faster and faster it
flew, beating against walls and chandeliers in a blind frenzy of alarm. `The window! For heaven's sake shut
that window!' roared the Professor from the platform, dancing and wringing his hands in an agony of
apprehension. Alas, his warning was too late! In a moment the creature, beating and bumping along the wall
like a huge moth within a gasshade, came upon the opening, squeezed its hideous bulk through it, and was
gone. Professor Challenger fell back into his chair with his face buried in his hands, while the audience gave
one long, deep sigh of relief as they realized that the incident was over.
"Thenoh! how shall one describe what took place thenwhen the full exuberance of the majority and the
full reaction of the minority united to make one great wave of enthusiasm, which rolled from the back of the
hall, gathering volume as it came, swept over the orchestra, submerged the platform, and carried the four
heroes away upon its crest?" (Good for you, Mac!) "If the audience had done less than justice, surely it made
ample amends. Every one was on his feet. Every one was moving, shouting, gesticulating. A dense crowd of
The Lost World
The Lost World 110
Page No 113
cheering men were round the four travelers. `Up with them! up with them!' cried a hundred voices. In a
moment four figures shot up above the crowd. In vain they strove to break loose. They were held in their
lofty places of honor. It would have been hard to let them down if it had been wished, so dense was the crowd
around them. `Regent Street! Regent Street!' sounded the voices. There was a swirl in the packed multitude,
and a slow current, bearing the four upon their shoulders, made for the door. Out in the street the scene was
extraordinary. An assemblage of not less than a hundred thousand people was waiting. The closepacked
throng extended from the other side of the Langham Hotel to Oxford Circus. A roar of acclamation greeted
the four adventurers as they appeared, high above the heads of the people, under the vivid electric lamps
outside the hall. `A procession! A procession!' was the cry. In a dense phalanx, blocking the streets from side
to side, the crowd set forth, taking the route of Regent Street, Pall Mall, St. James's Street, and Piccadilly.
The whole central traffic of London was held up, and many collisions were reported between the
demonstrators upon the one side and the police and taxicabmen upon the other. Finally, it was not until after
midnight that the four travelers were released at the entrance to Lord John Roxton's chambers in the Albany,
and that the exuberant crowd, having sung `They are Jolly Good Fellows' in chorus, concluded their program
with `God Save the King.' So ended one of the most remarkable evenings that London has seen for a
considerable time."
So far my friend Macdona; and it may be taken as a fairly accurate, if florid, account of the proceedings. As
to the main incident, it was a bewildering surprise to the audience, but not, I need hardly say, to us. The
reader will remember how I met Lord John Roxton upon the very occasion when, in his protective crinoline,
he had gone to bring the "Devil's chick" as he called it, for Professor Challenger. I have hinted also at the
trouble which the Professor's baggage gave us when we left the plateau, and had I described our voyage I
might have said a good deal of the worry we had to coax with putrid fish the appetite of our filthy companion.
If I have not said much about it before, it was, of course, that the Professor's earnest desire was that no
possible rumor of the unanswerable argument which we carried should be allowed to leak out until the
moment came when his enemies were to be confuted.
One word as to the fate of the London pterodactyl. Nothing can be said to be certain upon this point. There is
the evidence of two frightened women that it perched upon the roof of the Queen's Hall and remained there
like a diabolical statue for some hours. The next day it came out in the evening papers that Private Miles, of
the Coldstream Guards, on duty outside Marlborough House, had deserted his post without leave, and was
therefore courtmartialed. Private Miles' account, that he dropped his rifle and took to his heels down the Mall
because on looking up he had suddenly seen the devil between him and the moon, was not accepted by the
Court, and yet it may have a direct bearing upon the point at issue. The only other evidence which I can
adduce is from the log of the SS. Friesland, a DutchAmerican liner, which asserts that at nine next morning,
Start Point being at the time ten miles upon their starboard quarter, they were passed by something between a
flying goat and a monstrous bat, which was heading at a prodigious pace south and west. If its homing
instinct led it upon the right line, there can be no doubt that somewhere out in the wastes of the Atlantic the
last European pterodactyl found its end.
And Gladysoh, my Gladys!Gladys of the mystic lake, now to be renamed the Central, for never shall
she have immortality through me. Did I not always see some hard fiber in her nature? Did I not, even at the
time when I was proud to obey her behest, feel that it was surely a poor love which could drive a lover to his
death or the danger of it? Did I not, in my truest thoughts, always recurring and always dismissed, see past
the beauty of the face, and, peering into the soul, discern the twin shadows of selfishness and of fickleness
glooming at the back of it? Did she love the heroic and the spectacular for its own noble sake, or was it for
the glory which might, without effort or sacrifice, be reflected upon herself? Or are these thoughts the vain
wisdom which comes after the event? It was the shock of my life. For a moment it had turned me to a cynic.
But already, as I write, a week has passed, and we have had our momentous interview with Lord John Roxton
andwell, perhaps things might be worse.
The Lost World
The Lost World 111
Page No 114
Let me tell it in a few words. No letter or telegram had come to me at Southampton, and I reached the little
villa at Streatham about ten o'clock that night in a fever of alarm. Was she dead or alive? Where were all my
nightly dreams of the open arms, the smiling face, the words of praise for her man who had risked his life to
humor her whim? Already I was down from the high peaks and standing flatfooted upon earth. Yet some
good reasons given might still lift me to the clouds once more. I rushed down the garden path, hammered at
the door, heard the voice of Gladys within, pushed past the staring maid, and strode into the sittingroom.
She was seated in a low settee under the shaded standard lamp by the piano. In three steps I was across the
room and had both her hands in mine.
"Gladys!" I cried, "Gladys!"
She looked up with amazement in her face. She was altered in some subtle way. The expression of her eyes,
the hard upward stare, the set of the lips, was new to me. She drew back her hands.
"What do you mean?" she said.
"Gladys!" I cried. "What is the matter? You are my Gladys, are you notlittle Gladys Hungerton?"
"No," said she, "I am Gladys Potts. Let me introduce you to my husband."
How absurd life is! I found myself mechanically bowing and shaking hands with a little gingerhaired man
who was coiled up in the deep armchair which had once been sacred to my own use. We bobbed and
grinned in front of each other.
"Father lets us stay here. We are getting our house ready," said Gladys.
"Oh, yes," said I.
"You didn't get my letter at Para, then?"
"No, I got no letter."
"Oh, what a pity! It would have made all clear."
"It is quite clear," said I.
"I've told William all about you," said she. "We have no secrets. I am so sorry about it. But it couldn't have
been so very deep, could it, if you could go off to the other end of the world and leave me here alone. You're
not crabby, are you?"
"No, no, not at all. I think I'll go."
"Have some refreshment," said the little man, and he added, in a confidential way, "It's always like this, ain't
it? And must be unless you had polygamy, only the other way round; you understand." He laughed like an
idiot, while I made for the door.
I was through it, when a sudden fantastic impulse came upon me, and I went back to my successful rival, who
looked nervously at the electric push.
"Will you answer a question?" I asked.
The Lost World
The Lost World 112
Page No 115
"Well, within reason," said he.
"How did you do it? Have you searched for hidden treasure, or discovered a pole, or done time on a pirate, or
flown the Channel, or what? Where is the glamour of romance? How did you get it?"
He stared at me with a hopeless expression upon his vacuous, goodnatured, scrubby little face.
"Don't you think all this is a little too personal?" he said.
"Well, just one question," I cried. "What are you? What is your profession?"
"I am a solicitor's clerk," said he. "Second man at Johnson and Merivale's, 41 Chancery Lane."
"Goodnight!" said I, and vanished, like all disconsolate and brokenhearted heroes, into the darkness, with
grief and rage and laughter all simmering within me like a boiling pot.
One more little scene, and I have done. Last night we all supped at Lord John Roxton's rooms, and sitting
together afterwards we smoked in good comradeship and talked our adventures over. It was strange under
these altered surroundings to see the old, wellknown faces and figures. There was Challenger, with his smile
of condescension, his drooping eyelids, his intolerant eyes, his aggressive beard, his huge chest, swelling and
puffing as he laid down the law to Summerlee. And Summerlee, too, there he was with his short briar
between his thin moustache and his gray goat'sbeard, his worn face protruded in eager debate as he queried
all Challenger's propositions. Finally, there was our host, with his rugged, eagle face, and his cold, blue,
glacier eyes with always a shimmer of devilment and of humor down in the depths of them. Such is the last
picture of them that I have carried away.
It was after supper, in his own sanctumthe room of the pink radiance and the innumerable trophiesthat
Lord John Roxton had something to say to us. From a cupboard he had brought an old cigarbox, and this he
laid before him on the table.
"There's one thing," said he, "that maybe I should have spoken about before this, but I wanted to know a little
more clearly where I was. No use to raise hopes and let them down again. But it's facts, not hopes, with us
now. You may remember that day we found the pterodactyl rookery in the swampwhat? Well, somethin' in
the lie of the land took my notice. Perhaps it has escaped you, so I will tell you. It was a volcanic vent full of
blue clay." The Professors nodded.
"Well, now, in the whole world I've only had to do with one place that was a volcanic vent of blue clay. That
was the great De Beers Diamond Mine of Kimberleywhat? So you see I got diamonds into my head. I
rigged up a contraption to hold off those stinking beasts, and I spent a happy day there with a spud. This is
what I got."
He opened his cigarbox, and tilting it over he poured about twenty or thirty rough stones, varying from the
size of beans to that of chestnuts, on the table.
"Perhaps you think I should have told you then. Well, so I should, only I know there are a lot of traps for the
unwary, and that stones may be of any size and yet of little value where color and consistency are clean off.
Therefore, I brought them back, and on the first day at home I took one round to Spink's, and asked him to
have it roughly cut and valued."
He took a pillbox from his pocket, and spilled out of it a beautiful glittering diamond, one of the finest
stones that I have ever seen.
The Lost World
The Lost World 113
Page No 116
"There's the result," said he. "He prices the lot at a minimum of two hundred thousand pounds. Of course it is
fair shares between us. I won't hear of anythin' else. Well, Challenger, what will you do with your fifty
thousand?"
"If you really persist in your generous view," said the Professor, "I should found a private museum, which
has long been one of my dreams."
"And you, Summerlee?"
"I would retire from teaching, and so find time for my final classification of the chalk fossils."
"I'll use my own," said Lord John Roxton, "in fitting a wellformed expedition and having another look at the
dear old plateau. As to you, young fellah, you, of course, will spend yours in gettin' married."
"Not just yet," said I, with a rueful smile. "I think, if you will have me, that I would rather go with you."
Lord Roxton said nothing, but a brown hand was stretched out to me across the table.
The Lost World
The Lost World 114
Bookmarks
1. Table of Contents, page = 3
2. The Lost World, page = 4
3. Sir Arthur Conan Doyle, page = 4